Cyber · Trackr The Free Compliance Library
⌘K
DoD Compliance · STIG

Oracle Linux 6 Security Technical Implementation Guide

V1R18 · · · Released 24 Apr 2020 · 270 rules
Compare

Pick two releases to diff their requirements.

View

Open a previous version of this STIG.

The Oracle Linux 6 Security Technical Implementation Guide (STIG) is published as a tool to improve the security of Department of Defense (DoD) information systems. Comments or proposed revisions to this document should be sent via e-mail to the following address: disa.stig_spt@mail.mil.
Digest of Updates vs. V1R17 · 25 Oct 2019 +2 ✎ 6

Comparison against the immediately-prior release (V1R17). Rule matching uses the Group Vuln ID. Content-change detection compares the rule’s description, check, and fix text after stripping inline markup — cosmetic-only edits aren’t flagged.

Added rules 2

  • V-100007 High The Oracle Linux operating system must not contain .shosts or shosts.equiv files.
  • V-100009 Medium The Oracle Linux operating system must be configured so that the SSH daemon is configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.

Content changes 6

  • V-50575 Low check The SSH daemon must set a timeout interval on idle sessions.
  • V-50807 Medium checkfix The SSH daemon must be configured to use only FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
  • V-50849 Low check The noexec option must be added to removable media partitions.
  • V-50939 Medium check The system boot loader configuration file(s) must be group-owned by root.
  • V-51093 Low fix The audit system must be configured to audit modifications to the systems network configuration.
  • V-51121 Low checkfix The system must provide VPN connectivity for communications over untrusted networks.
Sort by
a
Automated file system mounting tools must not be enabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50515 - SV-64721r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000526
Vuln IDs
  • V-50515
Rule IDs
  • SV-64721r1_rule
All filesystems that are required for the successful operation of the system should be explicitly listed in "/etc/fstab" by an administrator. New filesystems should not be arbitrarily introduced via the automounter. The "autofs" daemon mounts and unmounts filesystems, such as user home directories shared via NFS, on demand. In addition, autofs can be used to handle removable media, and the default configuration provides the cdrom device as "/misc/cd". However, this method of providing access to removable media is not common, so autofs can almost always be disabled if NFS is not in use. Even if NFS is required, it is almost always possible to configure filesystem mounts statically by editing "/etc/fstab" rather than relying on the automounter.
Checks: C-53041r1_chk

To verify the "autofs" service is disabled, run the following command: chkconfig --list autofs If properly configured, the output should be the following: autofs 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Verify the "autofs" service is not running: # service autofs status If the autofs service is enabled or running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55313r1_fix

If the "autofs" service is not needed to dynamically mount NFS filesystems or removable media, disable the service for all runlevels: # chkconfig --level 0123456 autofs off Stop the service if it is already running: # service autofs stop

a
Auditing must be enabled at boot by setting a kernel parameter.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-50517 - SV-64723r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000525
Vuln IDs
  • V-50517
Rule IDs
  • SV-64723r3_rule
Each process on the system carries an "auditable" flag which indicates whether its activities can be audited. Although "auditd" takes care of enabling this for all processes which launch after it does, adding the kernel argument ensures it is set for every process during boot.
Checks: C-53043r1_chk

Inspect the kernel boot arguments (which follow the word "kernel") in "/etc/grub.conf". If they include "audit=1", then auditing is enabled at boot time. If auditing is not enabled at boot time, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55315r3_fix

To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start prior to the audit daemon, add the argument "audit=1" to the kernel line in "/boot/grub/grub.conf", in the manner below: kernel /vmlinuz-version ro vga=ext root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet audit=1 UEFI systems may prepend "/boot" to the "/vmlinuz-version" argument.

b
The system must provide automated support for account management functions.
AC-2 - Medium - CCI-000015 - V-50519 - SV-64725r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000015
Version
OL6-00-000524
Vuln IDs
  • V-50519
Rule IDs
  • SV-64725r1_rule
A comprehensive account management process that includes automation helps to ensure the accounts designated as requiring attention are consistently and promptly addressed. Enterprise environments make user account management challenging and complex. A user management process requiring administrators to manually address account management functions adds risk of potential oversight.
Checks: C-53045r1_chk

Interview the SA to determine if there is an automated system for managing user accounts, preferably integrated with an existing enterprise user management system. If there is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55317r1_fix

Implement an automated system for managing user accounts that minimizes the risk of errors, either intentional or deliberate. If possible, this system should integrate with an existing enterprise user management system, such as, one based Active Directory or Kerberos.

b
The systems local IPv6 firewall must implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy for inbound packets.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000066 - V-50521 - SV-64727r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000066
Version
OL6-00-000523
Vuln IDs
  • V-50521
Rule IDs
  • SV-64727r2_rule
In "ip6tables" the default policy is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default policy to "DROP" implements proper design for a firewall, i.e., any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.
Checks: C-53047r2_chk

If IPv6 is disabled, this is not applicable. Inspect the file "/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables" to determine the default policy for the INPUT chain. It should be set to DROP: # grep ":INPUT" /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables If the default policy for the INPUT chain is not set to DROP, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55319r2_fix

To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in "/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables": :INPUT DROP [0:0] Restart the IPv6 firewall: # service ip6tables restart

b
Audit log files must be group-owned by root.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-50523 - SV-64729r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
OL6-00-000522
Vuln IDs
  • V-50523
Rule IDs
  • SV-64729r1_rule
If non-privileged users can write to audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed.
Checks: C-53051r1_chk

Run the following command to check the group owner of the system audit logs: grep "^log_file" /etc/audit/auditd.conf|sed s/^[^\/]*//|xargs stat -c %G:%n Audit logs must be group-owned by root. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55323r1_fix

Change the group owner of the audit log files with the following command: # chgrp root [audit_file]

b
The mail system must forward all mail for root to one or more system administrators.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50525 - SV-64731r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000521
Vuln IDs
  • V-50525
Rule IDs
  • SV-64731r2_rule
A number of system services utilize email messages sent to the root user to notify system administrators of active or impending issues. These messages must be forwarded to at least one monitored email address.
Checks: C-53055r2_chk

Find the list of alias maps used by the Postfix mail server: # postconf alias_maps Query the Postfix alias maps for an alias for "root": # postmap -q root hash:/etc/aliases If there are no aliases configured for root that forward to a monitored email address, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55329r1_fix

Set up an alias for root that forwards to a monitored email address: # echo "root: <system.administrator>@mail.mil" >> /etc/aliases # newaliases

a
The system must use a separate file system for /var/log.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50529 - SV-64735r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000003
Vuln IDs
  • V-50529
Rule IDs
  • SV-64735r1_rule
Placing "/var/log" in its own partition enables better separation between log files and other files in "/var/".
Checks: C-53057r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if "/var/log" is on its own partition or logical volume: $ mount | grep "on /var/log " If "/var/log" has its own partition or volume group, a line will be returned. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55331r1_fix

System logs are stored in the "/var/log" directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

a
The system must use a separate file system for /tmp.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50533 - SV-64739r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000001
Vuln IDs
  • V-50533
Rule IDs
  • SV-64739r1_rule
The "/tmp" partition is used as temporary storage by many programs. Placing "/tmp" in its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it.
Checks: C-53059r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if "/tmp" is on its own partition or logical volume: $ mount | grep "on /tmp " If "/tmp" has its own partition or volume group, a line will be returned. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55335r1_fix

The "/tmp" directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

a
The system package management tool must verify contents of all files associated with packages.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50535 - SV-64741r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000519
Vuln IDs
  • V-50535
Rule IDs
  • SV-64741r2_rule
The hash on important files like system executables should match the information given by the RPM database. Executables with erroneous hashes could be a sign of nefarious activity on the system.
Checks: C-53061r2_chk

The following command will list which files on the system have file hashes different from what is expected by the RPM database. # rpm -Va | awk '$1 ~ /..5/ &amp;&amp; $2 != "c"' If any output is produced, verify that the changes were due to STIG application and have been documented with the ISSO. If any output has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55337r1_fix

The RPM package management system can check the hashes of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. Run the following command to list which files on the system have hashes that differ from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -Va | grep '^..5' A "c" in the second column indicates that a file is a configuration file, which may appropriately be expected to change. If the file that has changed was not expected to then refresh from distribution media or online repositories. rpm -Uvh [affected_package] OR yum reinstall [affected_package]

a
The system must use a separate file system for /var.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50537 - SV-64743r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000002
Vuln IDs
  • V-50537
Rule IDs
  • SV-64743r1_rule
Ensuring that "/var" is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options. This helps protect system services such as daemons or other programs which use it. It is not uncommon for the "/var" directory to contain world-writable directories, installed by other software packages.
Checks: C-53063r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if "/var" is on its own partition or logical volume: $ mount | grep "on /var " If "/var" has its own partition or volume group, a line will be returned. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55339r1_fix

The "/var" directory is used by daemons and other system services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that "/var" has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

a
The system package management tool must verify permissions on all files and directories associated with packages.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50539 - SV-64745r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000518
Vuln IDs
  • V-50539
Rule IDs
  • SV-64745r2_rule
Permissions on system binaries and configuration files that are too generous could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The permissions set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53065r2_chk

The following command will list which files and directories on the system have permissions different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -Va | grep '^.M' If there is any output, for each file or directory found, find the associated RPM package and compare the RPM-expected permissions with the actual permissions on the file or directory: # rpm -qf [file or directory name] # rpm -q --queryformat "[%{FILENAMES} %{FILEMODES:perms}\n]" [package] | grep [filename] # ls -dlL [filename] If the existing permissions are more permissive than those expected by RPM, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55341r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore file access permissions of package files and directories. The following command will update permissions on files and directories with permissions different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm --setperms [package]

b
The audit system must be configured to audit the loading and unloading of dynamic kernel modules.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000172 - V-50545 - SV-64751r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000202
Vuln IDs
  • V-50545
Rule IDs
  • SV-64751r3_rule
The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel.
Checks: C-53067r4_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit execution of module management programs, run the following commands: sudo egrep -e "(-w |-F path=)/sbin/insmod|(-w |-F path=)/sbin/rmmod|(-w |-F path=)/sbin/modprobe" /etc/audit/audit.rules -w /sbin/insmod -p x -k modules -w /sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules -w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules If "/sbin/insmod" is not being audited, this is a finding. If "/sbin/rmmod" is not being audited, this is a finding. If "/sbin/modprobe" is not being audited, this is a finding. To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "init_module" and "delete_module" system calls, run the following command: $ sudo egrep -w "init_module|delete_module" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S init_module -S delete_module -k modules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S init_module -S delete_module -k modules If the system is 64-bit and does not return rules for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "init_module" this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "delete_module", this is a finding. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55343r2_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules" in order to capture kernel module loading and unloading events: -w /sbin/insmod -p x -k modules -w /sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules -w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S init_module -S delete_module -k modules If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S init_module -S delete_module -k modules

b
The xinetd service must be disabled if no network services utilizing it are enabled.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-50547 - SV-64753r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000203
Vuln IDs
  • V-50547
Rule IDs
  • SV-64753r1_rule
The xinetd service provides a dedicated listener service for some programs, which is no longer necessary for commonly-used network services. Disabling it ensures that these uncommon services are not running, and also prevents attacks against xinetd itself.
Checks: C-53069r1_chk

If network services are using the xinetd service, this is not applicable. To check that the "xinetd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "xinetd" --list Output should indicate the "xinetd" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "xinetd" --list "xinetd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "xinetd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service xinetd status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: xinetd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55345r1_fix

The "xinetd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig xinetd off # service xinetd stop

a
The xinetd service must be uninstalled if no network services utilizing it are enabled.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50549 - SV-64755r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000204
Vuln IDs
  • V-50549
Rule IDs
  • SV-64755r1_rule
Removing the "xinetd" package decreases the risk of the xinetd service's accidental (or intentional) activation.
Checks: C-53071r1_chk

If network services are using the xinetd service, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine if the "xinetd" package is installed: # rpm -q xinetd If the package is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55347r1_fix

The "xinetd" package can be uninstalled with the following command: # yum erase xinetd

c
The telnet-server package must not be installed.
CM-7 - High - CCI-000381 - V-50551 - SV-64757r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
OL6-00-000206
Vuln IDs
  • V-50551
Rule IDs
  • SV-64757r1_rule
Removing the "telnet-server" package decreases the risk of the unencrypted telnet service's accidental (or intentional) activation. Mitigation: If the telnet-server package is configured to only allow encrypted sessions, such as with Kerberos or the use of encrypted network tunnels, the risk of exposing sensitive information is mitigated.
Checks: C-53073r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "telnet-server" package is installed: # rpm -q telnet-server If the package is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55349r1_fix

The "telnet-server" package can be uninstalled with the following command: # yum erase telnet-server

c
The telnet daemon must not be running.
MA-4 - High - CCI-000888 - V-50553 - SV-64759r1_rule
RMF Control
MA-4
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000888
Version
OL6-00-000211
Vuln IDs
  • V-50553
Rule IDs
  • SV-64759r1_rule
The telnet protocol uses unencrypted network communication, which means that data from the login session, including passwords and all other information transmitted during the session, can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network. The telnet protocol is also subject to man-in-the-middle attacks. Mitigation: If an enabled telnet daemon is configured to only allow encrypted sessions, such as with Kerberos or the use of encrypted network tunnels, the risk of exposing sensitive information is mitigated.
Checks: C-53075r1_chk

To check that the "telnet" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "telnet" --list Output should indicate the "telnet" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "telnet" --list telnet off OR error reading information on service telnet: No such file or directory If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55351r1_fix

The "telnet" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig telnet off

c
The rsh-server package must not be installed.
CM-7 - High - CCI-000381 - V-50555 - SV-64761r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
OL6-00-000213
Vuln IDs
  • V-50555
Rule IDs
  • SV-64761r1_rule
The "rsh-server" package provides several obsolete and insecure network services. Removing it decreases the risk of those services' accidental (or intentional) activation.
Checks: C-53077r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "rsh-server" package is installed: # rpm -q rsh-server If the package is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55353r1_fix

The "rsh-server" package can be uninstalled with the following command: # yum erase rsh-server

c
The rshd service must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-000068 - V-50557 - SV-64763r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
OL6-00-000214
Vuln IDs
  • V-50557
Rule IDs
  • SV-64763r1_rule
The rsh service uses unencrypted network communications, which means that data from the login session, including passwords and all other information transmitted during the session, can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network.
Checks: C-53079r1_chk

To check that the "rsh" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "rsh" --list Output should indicate the "rsh" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "rsh" --list rsh off OR error reading information on service rsh: No such file or directory If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55355r1_fix

The "rsh" service, which is available with the "rsh-server" package and runs as a service through xinetd, should be disabled. The "rsh" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig rsh off

c
The rexecd service must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-000068 - V-50559 - SV-64765r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
OL6-00-000216
Vuln IDs
  • V-50559
Rule IDs
  • SV-64765r1_rule
The rexec service uses unencrypted network communications, which means that data from the login session, including passwords and all other information transmitted during the session, can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network.
Checks: C-53081r1_chk

To check that the "rexec" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "rexec" --list Output should indicate the "rexec" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "rexec" --list rexec off OR error reading information on service rexec: No such file or directory If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55357r1_fix

The "rexec" service, which is available with the "rsh-server" package and runs as a service through xinetd, should be disabled. The "rexec" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig rexec off

c
The rlogind service must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-50561 - SV-64767r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
OL6-00-000218
Vuln IDs
  • V-50561
Rule IDs
  • SV-64767r1_rule
The rlogin service uses unencrypted network communications, which means that data from the login session, including passwords and all other information transmitted during the session, can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network.
Checks: C-53083r1_chk

To check that the "rlogin" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "rlogin" --list Output should indicate the "rlogin" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "rlogin" --list rlogin off OR error reading information on service rlogin: No such file or directory If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55359r1_fix

The "rlogin" service, which is available with the "rsh-server" package and runs as a service through xinetd, should be disabled. The "rlogin" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig rlogin off

b
The ypserv package must not be installed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-50563 - SV-64769r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
OL6-00-000220
Vuln IDs
  • V-50563
Rule IDs
  • SV-64769r1_rule
Removing the "ypserv" package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of NIS or NIS+ services.
Checks: C-53085r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "ypserv" package is installed: # rpm -q ypserv If the package is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55361r1_fix

The "ypserv" package can be uninstalled with the following command: # yum erase ypserv

b
The ypbind service must not be running.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-50565 - SV-64771r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000221
Vuln IDs
  • V-50565
Rule IDs
  • SV-64771r1_rule
Disabling the "ypbind" service ensures the system is not acting as a client in a NIS or NIS+ domain.
Checks: C-53087r1_chk

To check that the "ypbind" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "ypbind" --list Output should indicate the "ypbind" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "ypbind" --list "ypbind" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "ypbind" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service ypbind status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: ypbind is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55363r1_fix

The "ypbind" service, which allows the system to act as a client in a NIS or NIS+ domain, should be disabled. The "ypbind" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig ypbind off # service ypbind stop

b
The tftp-server package must not be installed unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-50567 - SV-64773r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
OL6-00-000222
Vuln IDs
  • V-50567
Rule IDs
  • SV-64773r3_rule
Removing the "tftp-server" package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of tftp services.
Checks: C-53089r2_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "tftp-server" package is installed: # rpm -q tftp-server If the package is installed and not documented and approved by the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55365r1_fix

The "tftp-server" package can be removed with the following command: # yum erase tftp-server

b
The TFTP service must not be running.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-50569 - SV-64775r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
OL6-00-000223
Vuln IDs
  • V-50569
Rule IDs
  • SV-64775r1_rule
Disabling the "tftp" service ensures the system is not acting as a tftp server, which does not provide encryption or authentication.
Checks: C-53091r1_chk

To check that the "tftp" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "tftp" --list Output should indicate the "tftp" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "tftp" --list tftp off OR error reading information on service tftp: No such file or directory If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55367r1_fix

The "tftp" service should be disabled. The "tftp" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig tftp off

b
The cron service must be running.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50571 - SV-64777r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000224
Vuln IDs
  • V-50571
Rule IDs
  • SV-64777r1_rule
Due to its usage for maintenance and security-supporting tasks, enabling the cron daemon is essential.
Checks: C-53093r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "crond" service: # service crond status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: crond is running... If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55369r1_fix

The "crond" service is used to execute commands at preconfigured times. It is required by almost all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, such as notifying root of system activity. The "crond" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig crond on # service crond start

c
The SSH daemon must be configured to use only the SSHv2 protocol.
IA-2 - High - CCI-000774 - V-50573 - SV-64779r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000774
Version
OL6-00-000227
Vuln IDs
  • V-50573
Rule IDs
  • SV-64779r1_rule
SSH protocol version 1 suffers from design flaws that result in security vulnerabilities and should not be used.
Checks: C-53095r1_chk

To check which SSH protocol version is allowed, run the following command: # grep Protocol /etc/ssh/sshd_config If configured properly, output should be Protocol 2 If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55371r1_fix

Only SSH protocol version 2 connections should be permitted. The default setting in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" is correct, and can be verified by ensuring that the following line appears: Protocol 2

a
The SSH daemon must set a timeout interval on idle sessions.
SC-10 - Low - CCI-001133 - V-50575 - SV-64781r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-10
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001133
Version
OL6-00-000230
Vuln IDs
  • V-50575
Rule IDs
  • SV-64781r2_rule
Causing idle users to be automatically logged out guards against compromises one system leading trivially to compromises on another.
Checks: C-53097r2_chk

Run the following command to see what the timeout interval is: # grep ClientAliveInterval /etc/ssh/sshd_config ClientAliveInterval 900 If "ClientAliveInterval" has a value greater than "900", this is a finding.

Fix: F-55373r1_fix

SSH allows administrators to set an idle timeout interval. After this interval has passed, the idle user will be automatically logged out. To set an idle timeout interval, edit the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" as follows: ClientAliveInterval [interval] The timeout [interval] is given in seconds. To have a timeout of 15 minutes, set [interval] to 900. If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will preempt any SSH setting made here. Keep in mind that some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle.

a
The SSH daemon must set a timeout count on idle sessions.
MA-4 - Low - CCI-000879 - V-50577 - SV-64783r1_rule
RMF Control
MA-4
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000879
Version
OL6-00-000231
Vuln IDs
  • V-50577
Rule IDs
  • SV-64783r1_rule
This ensures a user login will be terminated as soon as the "ClientAliveCountMax" is reached.
Checks: C-53099r1_chk

To ensure the SSH idle timeout will occur when the "ClientAliveCountMax" is set, run the following command: # grep ClientAliveCountMax /etc/ssh/sshd_config If properly configured, output should be: ClientAliveCountMax 0 If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55375r1_fix

To ensure the SSH idle timeout occurs precisely when the "ClientAliveCountMax" is set, edit "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" as follows: ClientAliveCountMax 0

b
The SSH daemon must ignore .rhosts files.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000766 - V-50579 - SV-64785r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000766
Version
OL6-00-000234
Vuln IDs
  • V-50579
Rule IDs
  • SV-64785r1_rule
SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.
Checks: C-53101r1_chk

To determine how the SSH daemon's "IgnoreRhosts" option is set, run the following command: # grep -i IgnoreRhosts /etc/ssh/sshd_config If no line, a commented line, or a line indicating the value "yes" is returned, then the required value is set. If the required value is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55377r1_fix

SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their accounts via ".rhosts" files. To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": IgnoreRhosts yes

b
The SSH daemon must not allow host-based authentication.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000766 - V-50581 - SV-64787r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000766
Version
OL6-00-000236
Vuln IDs
  • V-50581
Rule IDs
  • SV-64787r1_rule
SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.
Checks: C-53103r1_chk

To determine how the SSH daemon's "HostbasedAuthentication" option is set, run the following command: # grep -i HostbasedAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config If no line, a commented line, or a line indicating the value "no" is returned, then the required value is set. If the required value is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55379r1_fix

SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is more secure than ".rhosts" authentication, since hosts are cryptographically authenticated. However, it is not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even within an organization. To disable host-based authentication, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": HostbasedAuthentication no

a
The system package management tool must verify group-ownership on all files and directories associated with packages.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50591 - SV-64797r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000517
Vuln IDs
  • V-50591
Rule IDs
  • SV-64797r2_rule
Group-ownership of system binaries and configuration files that is incorrect could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The group-ownership set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53105r2_chk

The following command will list which files on the system have group-ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -Va | grep '^......G' If any output is produced, verify that the changes were due to STIG application and have been documented with the ISSO. If any output has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55387r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore group-ownership of the package files and directories. The following command will update files and directories with group-ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -qf [file or directory name] # rpm --setugids [package]

a
The system package management tool must verify ownership on all files and directories associated with packages.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50593 - SV-64799r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000516
Vuln IDs
  • V-50593
Rule IDs
  • SV-64799r2_rule
Ownership of system binaries and configuration files that is incorrect could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The ownership set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53107r2_chk

The following command will list which files on the system have ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -Va | grep '^.....U' If any output is produced, verify that the changes were due to STIG application and have been documented with the ISSO. If any output has not been documented with the ISSO, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55389r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore ownership of package files and directories. The following command will update files and directories with ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -qf [file or directory name] # rpm --setugids [package]

a
The NFS server must not have the all_squash option enabled.
IA-2 - Low - CCI-000764 - V-50595 - SV-64801r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
OL6-00-000515
Vuln IDs
  • V-50595
Rule IDs
  • SV-64801r1_rule
The "all_squash" option maps all client requests to a single anonymous uid/gid on the NFS server, negating the ability to track file access by user ID.
Checks: C-53109r1_chk

If the NFS server is read-only, in support of unrestricted access to organizational content, this is not applicable. The related "root_squash" option provides protection against remote administrator-level access to NFS server content. Its use is not a finding. To verify the "all_squash" option has been disabled, run the following command: # grep all_squash /etc/exports If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55391r1_fix

Remove any instances of the "all_squash" option from the file "/etc/exports". Restart the NFS daemon for the changes to take effect. # service nfs restart

b
The audit system must take appropriate action when there are disk errors on the audit storage volume.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000140 - V-50599 - SV-64805r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000140
Version
OL6-00-000511
Vuln IDs
  • V-50599
Rule IDs
  • SV-64805r1_rule
Taking appropriate action in case of disk errors will minimize the possibility of losing audit records.
Checks: C-53113r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to take appropriate action when disk errors occur: # grep disk_error_action /etc/audit/auditd.conf disk_error_action = [ACTION] If the system is configured to "suspend" when disk errors occur or "ignore" them, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55395r1_fix

Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Modify the following line, substituting [ACTION] appropriately: disk_error_action = [ACTION] Possible values for [ACTION] are described in the "auditd.conf" man page. These include: "ignore" "syslog" "exec" "suspend" "single" "halt" Set this to "syslog", "exec", "single", or "halt".

b
The audit system must take appropriate action when the audit storage volume is full.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000140 - V-50601 - SV-64807r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000140
Version
OL6-00-000510
Vuln IDs
  • V-50601
Rule IDs
  • SV-64807r1_rule
Taking appropriate action in case of a filled audit storage volume will minimize the possibility of losing audit records.
Checks: C-53115r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to take appropriate action when the audit storage volume is full: # grep disk_full_action /etc/audit/auditd.conf disk_full_action = [ACTION] If the system is configured to "suspend" when the volume is full or "ignore" that it is full, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55399r1_fix

The "auditd" service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Modify the following line, substituting [ACTION] appropriately: disk_full_action = [ACTION] Possible values for [ACTION] are described in the "auditd.conf" man page. These include: "ignore" "syslog" "exec" "suspend" "single" "halt" Set this to "syslog", "exec", "single", or "halt".

a
The system must forward audit records to the syslog service.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000136 - V-50603 - SV-64809r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000136
Version
OL6-00-000509
Vuln IDs
  • V-50603
Rule IDs
  • SV-64809r1_rule
The auditd service does not include the ability to send audit records to a centralized server for management directly. It does, however, include an audit event multiplexor plugin (audispd) to pass audit records to the local syslog server.
Checks: C-53117r1_chk

Verify the audispd plugin is active: # grep active /etc/audisp/plugins.d/syslog.conf If the "active" setting is missing or set to "no", this is a finding.

Fix: F-55401r1_fix

Set the "active" line in "/etc/audisp/plugins.d/syslog.conf" to "yes". Restart the auditd process. # service auditd restart

a
The system must allow locking of graphical desktop sessions.
AC-11 - Low - CCI-000058 - V-50607 - SV-64813r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000058
Version
OL6-00-000508
Vuln IDs
  • V-50607
Rule IDs
  • SV-64813r2_rule
The ability to lock graphical desktop sessions manually allows users to easily secure their accounts should they need to depart from their workstations temporarily.
Checks: C-53119r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. Verify the keybindings for the Gnome screensaver: # gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gnome_settings_daemon/keybindings/screensaver If no output is visible, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55403r1_fix

Run the following command to set the Gnome desktop keybinding for locking the screen: # gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type string \ --set /apps/gnome_settings_daemon/keybindings/screensaver "<Control><Alt>l" Another keyboard sequence may be substituted for "<Control><Alt>l", which is the default for the Gnome desktop.

b
The operating system, upon successful logon, must display to the user the date and time of the last logon or access via ssh.
AC-9 - Medium - CCI-000052 - V-50609 - SV-64815r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000052
Version
OL6-00-000507
Vuln IDs
  • V-50609
Rule IDs
  • SV-64815r2_rule
Users need to be aware of activity that occurs regarding their account. Providing users with information regarding the date and time of their last successful login allows the user to determine if any unauthorized activity has occurred and gives them an opportunity to notify administrators. At ssh login, a user must be presented with the last successful login date and time.
Checks: C-53121r2_chk

Verify the value associated with the "PrintLastLog" keyword in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # grep -i "^PrintLastLog" /etc/ssh/sshd_config If the "PrintLastLog" keyword is not present, this is not a finding. If the value is not set to "yes", this is a finding.

Fix: F-55405r1_fix

Update the "PrintLastLog" keyword to "yes" in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: PrintLastLog yes While it is acceptable to remove the keyword entirely since the default action for the SSH daemon is to print the last login date and time, it is preferred to have the value explicitly documented.

b
The operating system must conduct backups of system-level information contained in the information system per organization defined frequency to conduct backups that are consistent with recovery time and recovery point objectives.
CP-9 - Medium - CCI-000537 - V-50613 - SV-64819r1_rule
RMF Control
CP-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000537
Version
OL6-00-000505
Vuln IDs
  • V-50613
Rule IDs
  • SV-64819r1_rule
Operating system backup is a critical step in maintaining data assurance and availability. System-level information includes system-state information, operating system and application software, and licenses. Backups must be consistent with organizational recovery time and recovery point objectives.
Checks: C-53125r1_chk

Ask an administrator if a process exists to back up OS data from the system, including configuration data. If such a process does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55409r1_fix

Procedures to back up operating system data from the system must be established and executed. The operating system provides utilities for automating such a process. Commercial and open-source products are also available. Implement a process whereby OS data is backed up from the system in accordance with local policies.

b
The operating system must conduct backups of user-level information contained in the operating system per organization defined frequency to conduct backups consistent with recovery time and recovery point objectives.
CP-9 - Medium - CCI-000535 - V-50615 - SV-64821r1_rule
RMF Control
CP-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000535
Version
OL6-00-000504
Vuln IDs
  • V-50615
Rule IDs
  • SV-64821r1_rule
Operating system backup is a critical step in maintaining data assurance and availability. User-level information is data generated by information system and/or application users. Backups shall be consistent with organizational recovery time and recovery point objectives.
Checks: C-53127r1_chk

Ask an administrator if a process exists to back up user data from the system. If such a process does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55411r1_fix

Procedures to back up user data from the system must be established and executed. The operating system provides utilities for automating such a process. Commercial and open-source products are also available. Implement a process whereby user data is backed up from the system in accordance with local policies.

b
The operating system must enforce requirements for the connection of mobile devices to operating systems.
AC-19 - Medium - CCI-000086 - V-50617 - SV-64823r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-19
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000086
Version
OL6-00-000503
Vuln IDs
  • V-50617
Rule IDs
  • SV-64823r2_rule
USB storage devices such as thumb drives can be used to introduce unauthorized software and other vulnerabilities. Support for these devices should be disabled and the devices themselves should be tightly controlled.
Checks: C-53129r2_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "usb-storage" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r usb-storage /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55413r1_fix

To prevent USB storage devices from being used, configure the kernel module loading system to prevent automatic loading of the USB storage driver. To configure the system to prevent the "usb-storage" kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory "/etc/modprobe.d": install usb-storage /bin/true This will prevent the "modprobe" program from loading the "usb-storage" module, but will not prevent an administrator (or another program) from using the "insmod" program to load the module manually.

b
The system must not accept ICMPv4 secure redirect packets on any interface.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50621 - SV-64827r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000086
Vuln IDs
  • V-50621
Rule IDs
  • SV-64827r2_rule
Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53131r3_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55417r2_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0

a
The system must log Martian packets.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50625 - SV-64831r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000088
Vuln IDs
  • V-50625
Rule IDs
  • SV-64831r2_rule
The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses) as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity to be detected.
Checks: C-53133r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55421r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1

b
Audit log directories must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000164 - V-50627 - SV-64833r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000164
Version
OL6-00-000385
Vuln IDs
  • V-50627
Rule IDs
  • SV-64833r1_rule
If users can delete audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed.
Checks: C-53135r1_chk

Run the following command to check the mode of the system audit directories: grep "^log_file" /etc/audit/auditd.conf|sed 's/^[^/]*//; s/[^/]*$//'|xargs stat -c %a:%n Audit directories must be mode 0755 or less permissive. If any are more permissive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55423r1_fix

Change the mode of the audit log directories with the following command: # chmod go-w [audit_directory]

b
Audit log files must be owned by root.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-50629 - SV-64835r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
OL6-00-000384
Vuln IDs
  • V-50629
Rule IDs
  • SV-64835r1_rule
If non-privileged users can write to audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed.
Checks: C-53137r1_chk

Run the following command to check the owner of the system audit logs: grep "^log_file" /etc/audit/auditd.conf|sed s/^[^\/]*//|xargs stat -c %U:%n Audit logs must be owned by root. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55427r1_fix

Change the owner of the audit log files with the following command: # chown root [audit_file]

b
Audit log files must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-50631 - SV-64837r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
OL6-00-000383
Vuln IDs
  • V-50631
Rule IDs
  • SV-64837r1_rule
If users can write to audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed.
Checks: C-53139r1_chk

Run the following command to check the mode of the system audit logs: grep "^log_file" /etc/audit/auditd.conf|sed s/^[^\/]*//|xargs stat -c %a:%n Audit logs must be mode 0640 or less permissive. If any are more permissive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55429r1_fix

Change the mode of the audit log files with the following command: # chmod 0640 [audit_file]

b
The system must disable accounts after excessive login failures within a 15-minute interval.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-001452 - V-50635 - SV-64841r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001452
Version
OL6-00-000357
Vuln IDs
  • V-50635
Rule IDs
  • SV-64841r3_rule
Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts within a specific period of time prevents direct password guessing attacks.
Checks: C-53141r2_chk

To ensure the failed password attempt policy is configured correctly, run the following command: $ grep pam_faillock /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth For each file, the output should show "fail_interval=&lt;interval-in-seconds&gt;" where "interval-in-seconds" is 900 (15 minutes) or greater. If the "fail_interval" parameter is not set, the default setting of 900 seconds is acceptable. If that is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55431r3_fix

Utilizing "pam_faillock.so", the "fail_interval" directive configures the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect logon attempts. Modify the content of both "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" as follows: Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately after the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "ACCOUNT" section: account required pam_faillock.so Note that any updates made to "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" may be overwritten by the "authconfig" program. The "authconfig" program should not be used.

b
The system must require administrator action to unlock an account locked by excessive failed login attempts.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-000047 - V-50637 - SV-64843r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000047
Version
OL6-00-000356
Vuln IDs
  • V-50637
Rule IDs
  • SV-64843r3_rule
Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts prevents direct password guessing attacks. Ensuring that an administrator is involved in unlocking locked accounts draws appropriate attention to such situations.
Checks: C-53143r3_chk

To ensure the failed password attempt policy is configured correctly, run the following command: # grep pam_faillock /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The output should show "unlock_time=&lt;some-large-number&gt;"; the largest acceptable value is 604800 seconds (one week). If that is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55435r3_fix

To configure the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect logon attempts and require an administrator to unlock the account using "pam_faillock.so", modify the content of both "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" as follows: Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately after the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "ACCOUNT" section: account required pam_faillock.so Note that any updates made to "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" may be overwritten by the "authconfig" program. The "authconfig" program should not be used.

b
The system must be configured to require the use of a CAC, PIV compliant hardware token, or Alternate Logon Token (ALT) for authentication.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000765 - V-50639 - SV-64845r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000765
Version
OL6-00-000349
Vuln IDs
  • V-50639
Rule IDs
  • SV-64845r3_rule
Smart card login provides two-factor authentication stronger than that provided by a username/password combination. Smart cards leverage a PKI (public key infrastructure) in order to provide and verify credentials.
Checks: C-53145r2_chk

Interview the SA to determine if all accounts not exempted by policy are using CAC authentication. For DoD systems, the following systems and accounts are exempt from using smart card (CAC) authentication: Standalone systems Application accounts Temporary employee accounts, such as students or interns, who cannot easily receive a CAC or PIV Operational tactical locations that are not collocated with RAPIDS workstations to issue CAC or ALT Test systems, such as those with an Interim Approval to Test (IATT) and use a separate VPN, firewall, or security measure preventing access to network and system components from outside the protection boundary documented in the IATT. If non-exempt accounts are not using CAC authentication, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55437r2_fix

To enable smart card authentication, consult the documentation at: https://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Managing_Smart_Cards/enabling-smart-card-login.html For guidance on enabling SSH to authenticate against a Common Access Card (CAC), consult documentation at: https://access.redhat.com/solutions/82273

b
The FTPS/FTP service on the system must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-50641 - SV-64847r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
OL6-00-000348
Vuln IDs
  • V-50641
Rule IDs
  • SV-64847r3_rule
This setting will cause the system greeting banner to be used for FTP connections as well.
Checks: C-53147r2_chk

Verify the "vsftpd" package is installed: # rpm -qa | grep -i vsftpd vsftpd-3.0.2-22.e16.x86_64 If the "vsftpd" package is not installed, this is Not Applicable. To verify this configuration, run the following command: grep "banner_file" /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf The output should show the value of "banner_file" is set to "/etc/issue", an example of which is shown below. # grep "banner_file" /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf banner_file=/etc/issue If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-56027r2_fix

Edit the vsftpd configuration file, which resides at "/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf" by default. Add or correct the following configuration options. banner_file=/etc/issue Restart the vsftpd daemon. # service vsftpd restart

b
There must be no .netrc files on the system.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-50643 - SV-64849r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
OL6-00-000347
Vuln IDs
  • V-50643
Rule IDs
  • SV-64849r2_rule
Unencrypted passwords for remote FTP servers may be stored in ".netrc" files. DoD policy requires passwords be encrypted in storage and not used in access scripts.
Checks: C-53149r2_chk

To check the system for the existence of any ".netrc" files, run the following command: $ sudo find /root /home -xdev -name .netrc If any .netrc files exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55439r1_fix

The ".netrc" files contain login information used to auto-login into FTP servers and reside in the user's home directory. These files may contain unencrypted passwords to remote FTP servers making them susceptible to access by unauthorized users and should not be used. Any ".netrc" files should be removed.

b
The system must not accept IPv4 source-routed packets by default.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50647 - SV-64853r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000089
Vuln IDs
  • V-50647
Rule IDs
  • SV-64853r2_rule
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53151r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55443r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0

b
The system must not accept ICMPv4 secure redirect packets by default.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50651 - SV-64857r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000090
Vuln IDs
  • V-50651
Rule IDs
  • SV-64857r2_rule
Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53153r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55447r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0

a
The system must ignore ICMPv4 redirect messages by default.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50655 - SV-64861r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000091
Vuln IDs
  • V-50655
Rule IDs
  • SV-64861r2_rule
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53155r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55449r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0

a
The system must not respond to ICMPv4 sent to a broadcast address.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50657 - SV-64863r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000092
Vuln IDs
  • V-50657
Rule IDs
  • SV-64863r2_rule
Ignoring ICMP echo requests (pings) sent to broadcast or multicast addresses makes the system slightly more difficult to enumerate on the network.
Checks: C-53157r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55453r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1

a
The system must use a separate file system for the system audit data path.
AU-4 - Low - CCI-000137 - V-50661 - SV-64867r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-4
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000137
Version
OL6-00-000004
Vuln IDs
  • V-50661
Rule IDs
  • SV-64867r1_rule
Placing "/var/log/audit" in its own partition enables better separation between audit files and other files, and helps ensure that auditing cannot be halted due to the partition running out of space.
Checks: C-53161r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if "/var/log/audit" is on its own partition or logical volume: $ mount | grep "on /var/log/audit " If "/var/log/audit" has its own partition or volume group, a line will be returned. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55457r1_fix

Audit logs are stored in the "/var/log/audit" directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it later using LVM. Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon.

a
The system must ignore ICMPv4 bogus error responses.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50663 - SV-64869r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000093
Vuln IDs
  • V-50663
Rule IDs
  • SV-64869r2_rule
Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces log size, although some activity would not be logged.
Checks: C-53159r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55455r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1

a
The system default umask for daemons must be 027 or 022.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50665 - SV-64871r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000346
Vuln IDs
  • V-50665
Rule IDs
  • SV-64871r1_rule
The umask influences the permissions assigned to files created by a process at run time. An unnecessarily permissive umask could result in files being created with insecure permissions.
Checks: C-53163r1_chk

To check the value of the "umask", run the following command: $ grep umask /etc/init.d/functions The output should show either "022" or "027". If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55459r1_fix

The file "/etc/init.d/functions" includes initialization parameters for most or all daemons started at boot time. The default umask of 022 prevents creation of group- or world-writable files. To set the default umask for daemons, edit the following line, inserting 022 or 027 for [UMASK] appropriately: umask [UMASK] Setting the umask to too restrictive a setting can cause serious errors at runtime. Many daemons on the system already individually restrict themselves to a umask of 077 in their own init scripts.

a
The system default umask in /etc/login.defs must be 077.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50667 - SV-64873r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000345
Vuln IDs
  • V-50667
Rule IDs
  • SV-64873r1_rule
The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and/or written to by unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53165r1_chk

Verify the "umask" setting is configured correctly in the "/etc/login.defs" file by running the following command: # grep -i "umask" /etc/login.defs All output must show the value of "umask" set to 077, as shown in the below: # grep -i "umask" /etc/login.defs UMASK 077 If the above command returns no output, or if the umask is configured incorrectly, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55461r1_fix

To ensure the default umask controlled by "/etc/login.defs" is set properly, add or correct the "umask" setting in "/etc/login.defs" to read as follows: UMASK 077

a
The system default umask in /etc/profile must be 077.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50669 - SV-64875r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000344
Vuln IDs
  • V-50669
Rule IDs
  • SV-64875r1_rule
The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and/or written to by unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53167r1_chk

Verify the "umask" setting is configured correctly in the "/etc/profile" file by running the following command: # grep "umask" /etc/profile All output must show the value of "umask" set to 077, as shown in the below: # grep "umask" /etc/profile umask 077 If the above command returns no output, or if the umask is configured incorrectly, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55463r1_fix

To ensure the default umask controlled by "/etc/profile" is set properly, add or correct the "umask" setting in "/etc/profile" to read as follows: umask 077

b
The audit system must alert designated staff members when the audit storage volume approaches capacity.
AU-4 - Medium - CCI-000138 - V-50671 - SV-64877r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-4
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000138
Version
OL6-00-000005
Vuln IDs
  • V-50671
Rule IDs
  • SV-64877r3_rule
Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption.
Checks: C-53169r3_chk

Inspect '/etc/audit/auditd.conf' and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to email the administrator when disk space is starting to run low: # grep space_left_action /etc/audit/auditd.conf space_left_action = email If the system is not configured to send an email to the system administrator when disk space is starting to run low, this is a finding. The 'syslog' option is acceptable when it can be demonstrated that the local log management infrastructure notifies an appropriate administrator in a timely manner.

Fix: F-55465r4_fix

The 'auditd' service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file '/etc/audit/auditd.conf'. Modify the following line, substituting [ACTION] appropriately: space_left_action = [ACTION] Possible values for [ACTION] are described in the 'auditd.conf' man page. These include: 'ignore', 'syslog', 'email', 'exec', 'suspend', 'single', and 'halt'. Set this to 'email' (instead of the default, which is 'suspend') as it is more likely to get prompt attention. The 'syslog' option is acceptable, provided the local log management infrastructure notifies an appropriate administrator in a timely manner. OL6-00-000521 ensures that the email generated through the operation "space_left_action" will be sent to an administrator.

a
The system default umask for the csh shell must be 077.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50673 - SV-64879r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000343
Vuln IDs
  • V-50673
Rule IDs
  • SV-64879r1_rule
The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and/or written to by unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53173r1_chk

Verify the "umask" setting is configured correctly in the "/etc/csh.cshrc" file by running the following command: # grep "umask" /etc/csh.cshrc All output must show the value of "umask" set to 077, as shown in the below: # grep "umask" /etc/csh.cshrc umask 077 If the above command returns no output, or if the umask is configured incorrectly, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55467r1_fix

To ensure the default umask for users of the C shell is set properly, add or correct the "umask" setting in "/etc/csh.cshrc" to read as follows: umask 077

a
The system must use a separate file system for user home directories.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50677 - SV-64883r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000007
Vuln IDs
  • V-50677
Rule IDs
  • SV-64883r1_rule
Ensuring that "/home" is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage.
Checks: C-53175r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if "/home" is on its own partition or logical volume: $ mount | grep "on /home " If "/home" has its own partition or volume group, a line will be returned. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55471r1_fix

If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition for "/home" at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If "/home" will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the mountpoint can instead be configured later.

b
The system must be configured to use TCP syncookies when experiencing a TCP SYN flood.
SC-5 - Medium - CCI-001095 - V-50683 - SV-64889r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001095
Version
OL6-00-000095
Vuln IDs
  • V-50683
Rule IDs
  • SV-64889r2_rule
A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state. Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received, verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests.
Checks: C-53177r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55477r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1

b
The system must use a reverse-path filter for IPv4 network traffic when possible on all interfaces.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50685 - SV-64891r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000096
Vuln IDs
  • V-50685
Rule IDs
  • SV-64891r2_rule
Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.
Checks: C-53179r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55481r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1

c
Vendor-provided cryptographic certificates must be installed to verify the integrity of system software.
CM-5 - High - CCI-000352 - V-50689 - SV-64895r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000352
Version
OL6-00-000008
Vuln IDs
  • V-50689
Rule IDs
  • SV-64895r3_rule
This key is necessary to cryptographically verify packages that packages are from the operating system vendor.
Checks: C-53181r3_chk

To ensure that the GPG key is installed, run: # rpm -qi gpg-pubkey-ec551f03 | gpg --keyid-format long | grep oracle.com | cut -f3 -d" " |cut -f2 -d"/" The command should return the string below: 72F97B74EC551F03 If the operating system vendor GPG Key is not installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55485r1_fix

To ensure the system can cryptographically verify the software packages come from the operating system vendor (and connect to the vendor's network software repository to receive them if desired), the vendor GPG key must properly be installed. To ensure the GPG key is installed, run: # wget http://public-yum.oracle.com/RPM-GPG-KEY-oracle-ol6 # rpm --import RPM-GPG-KEY-oracle-ol6

a
The Red Hat Network Service (rhnsd) service must not be running, unless it is being used to query the Oracle Unbreakable Linux Network for updates and information.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50693 - SV-64899r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000009
Vuln IDs
  • V-50693
Rule IDs
  • SV-64899r1_rule
Although systems management and patching is extremely important to system security, management by a system outside the enterprise enclave is not desirable for some environments. However, if the system needs to communicate with the Oracle Unbreakable Linux Network for updates or information, then the "rhnsd" daemon can remain on.
Checks: C-53183r1_chk

If the system needs to automatically communicate with the Oracle Unbreakable Linux Network for updates or information, then this is not applicable. To check that the "rhnsd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "rhnsd" --list Output should indicate the "rhnsd" service has either not been installed or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "rhnsd" --list "rhnsd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "rhnsd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service rhnsd status If the service is disabled, the command will return the following output: rhnsd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55487r1_fix

This service automatically queries the Oracle Unbreakable Linux Network service to determine whether there are any software updates or related information. The "rhnsd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig rhnsd off # service rhnsd stop

b
System security patches and updates must be installed and up-to-date.
SI-2 - Medium - CCI-001233 - V-50695 - SV-64901r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001233
Version
OL6-00-000011
Vuln IDs
  • V-50695
Rule IDs
  • SV-64901r1_rule
Installing software updates is a fundamental mitigation against the exploitation of publicly-known vulnerabilities.
Checks: C-53185r1_chk

If the system is joined to Oracle's Unbreakable Linux Network or an internal YUM server that provides updates, invoking the following command will indicate if updates are available.: # yum check-update If the system is not configured to update from one of these sources, run the following command to list when each package was last updated: $ rpm -qa -last Compare this to (1) http://linux.oracle.com/errata/ and (2) http://linux.oracle.com/cve/ to determine if the system is missing applicable security and bugfix updates. If updates are not installed, this is a finding. A ULN account is not required to obtain security updates Oracle also makes this content freely available on its Public YUM server at: http://public-yum.oracle.com/.

Fix: F-55491r1_fix

If the system is joined to Oracle's Unbreakable Linux Network or an internal YUM server, run the following command to install updates # yum update If the system is not configured to use one of these sources, updates (in the form of RPM packages) can be manually downloaded from Oracle's Unbreakable Linux Network and installed using the "rpm" command.

b
The system must use a reverse-path filter for IPv4 network traffic when possible by default.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50699 - SV-64905r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000097
Vuln IDs
  • V-50699
Rule IDs
  • SV-64905r2_rule
Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.
Checks: C-53187r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter The output of the command should indicate a value of "1". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55495r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1

b
The system package management tool must cryptographically verify the authenticity of system software packages during installation.
SA-7 - Medium - CCI-000663 - V-50701 - SV-64907r1_rule
RMF Control
SA-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000663
Version
OL6-00-000013
Vuln IDs
  • V-50701
Rule IDs
  • SV-64907r1_rule
Ensuring the validity of packages' cryptographic signatures prior to installation ensures the provenance of the software and protects against malicious tampering.
Checks: C-53189r2_chk

To determine whether "yum" is configured to use "gpgcheck", inspect "/etc/yum.conf" and ensure the following appears in the "[main]" section: gpgcheck=1 A value of "1" indicates that "gpgcheck" is enabled. Absence of a "gpgcheck" line or a setting of "0" indicates that it is disabled. If GPG checking is not enabled, this is a finding. If the "yum" system package management tool is not used to update the system, verify with the SA that installed packages are cryptographically signed.

Fix: F-55497r1_fix

The "gpgcheck" option should be used to ensure checking of an RPM package's signature always occurs prior to its installation. To configure yum to check package signatures before installing them, ensure the following line appears in "/etc/yum.conf" in the "[main]" section: gpgcheck=1

a
The system default umask for the bash shell must be 077.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50707 - SV-64913r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000342
Vuln IDs
  • V-50707
Rule IDs
  • SV-64913r1_rule
The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and/or written to by unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53193r1_chk

Verify the "umask" setting is configured correctly in the "/etc/bashrc" file by running the following command: # grep "umask" /etc/bashrc All output must show the value of "umask" set to 077, as shown below: # grep "umask" /etc/bashrc umask 077 umask 077 If the above command returns no output, or if the umask is configured incorrectly, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55501r1_fix

To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly, add or correct the "umask" setting in "/etc/bashrc" to read as follows: umask 077

a
The system package management tool must cryptographically verify the authenticity of all software packages during installation.
SA-7 - Low - CCI-000663 - V-50709 - SV-64915r1_rule
RMF Control
SA-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000663
Version
OL6-00-000015
Vuln IDs
  • V-50709
Rule IDs
  • SV-64915r1_rule
Ensuring all packages' cryptographic signatures are valid prior to installation ensures the provenance of the software and protects against malicious tampering.
Checks: C-53195r1_chk

To determine whether "yum" has been configured to disable "gpgcheck" for any repos, inspect all files in "/etc/yum.repos.d" and ensure the following does not appear in any sections: gpgcheck=0 A value of "0" indicates that "gpgcheck" has been disabled for that repo. If GPG checking is disabled, this is a finding. If the "yum" system package management tool is not used to update the system, verify with the SA that installed packages are cryptographically signed.

Fix: F-55503r1_fix

To ensure signature checking is not disabled for any repos, remove any lines from files in "/etc/yum.repos.d" of the form: gpgcheck=0

b
The system must ignore ICMPv6 redirects by default.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50711 - SV-64917r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000099
Vuln IDs
  • V-50711
Rule IDs
  • SV-64917r2_rule
An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
Checks: C-53197r2_chk

If IPv6 is disabled, this is not applicable. The status of the "net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55505r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0

c
The snmpd service must not use a default password.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-50713 - SV-64919r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000341
Vuln IDs
  • V-50713
Rule IDs
  • SV-64919r1_rule
Presence of the default SNMP password enables querying of different system aspects and could result in unauthorized knowledge of the system.
Checks: C-53199r1_chk

To ensure the default password is not set, run the following command: # grep -v "^#" /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf| grep public There should be no output. If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55509r1_fix

Edit "/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf", remove default community string "public". Upon doing that, restart the SNMP service: # service snmpd restart

b
A file integrity tool must be installed.
RA-5 - Medium - CCI-001069 - V-50715 - SV-64921r1_rule
RMF Control
RA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001069
Version
OL6-00-000016
Vuln IDs
  • V-50715
Rule IDs
  • SV-64921r1_rule
The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking.
Checks: C-53201r1_chk

If another file integrity tool is installed, this is not a finding. Run the following command to determine if the "aide" package is installed: # rpm -q aide If the package is not installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55511r1_fix

Install the AIDE package with the command: # yum install aide

b
The snmpd service must use only SNMP protocol version 3 or newer.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50717 - SV-64923r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000340
Vuln IDs
  • V-50717
Rule IDs
  • SV-64923r1_rule
Earlier versions of SNMP are considered insecure, as they potentially allow unauthorized access to detailed system management information.
Checks: C-53203r1_chk

To ensure only SNMPv3 or newer is used, run the following command: # grep 'v1\|v2c\|com2sec' /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf | grep -v '^#' There should be no output. If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55513r1_fix

Edit "/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf", removing any references to "v1", "v2c", or "com2sec". Upon doing that, restart the SNMP service: # service snmpd restart

c
There must be no .rhosts or hosts.equiv files on the system.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-50719 - SV-64925r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
OL6-00-000019
Vuln IDs
  • V-50719
Rule IDs
  • SV-64925r1_rule
Trust files are convenient, but when used in conjunction with the R-services, they can allow unauthenticated access to a system.
Checks: C-53205r1_chk

The existence of the file "/etc/hosts.equiv" or a file named ".rhosts" inside a user home directory indicates the presence of an Rsh trust relationship. If these files exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55515r1_fix

The files "/etc/hosts.equiv" and "~/.rhosts" (in each user's home directory) list remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local system when using the rshd daemon. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location. # rm /etc/hosts.equiv $ rm ~/.rhosts

b
The system must prevent the root account from logging in from virtual consoles.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-50721 - SV-64927r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
OL6-00-000027
Vuln IDs
  • V-50721
Rule IDs
  • SV-64927r1_rule
Preventing direct root login to virtual console devices helps ensure accountability for actions taken on the system using the root account.
Checks: C-53207r1_chk

To check for virtual console entries which permit root login, run the following command: # grep '^vc/[0-9]' /etc/securetty If any output is returned, then root logins over virtual console devices is permitted. If root login over virtual console devices is permitted, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55519r1_fix

To restrict root logins through the (deprecated) virtual console devices, ensure lines of this form do not appear in "/etc/securetty": vc/1 vc/2 vc/3 vc/4 Note: Virtual console entries are not limited to those listed above. Any lines starting with "vc/" followed by numerals should be removed.

a
The system must prevent the root account from logging in from serial consoles.
IA-2 - Low - CCI-000770 - V-50725 - SV-64931r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
OL6-00-000028
Vuln IDs
  • V-50725
Rule IDs
  • SV-64931r1_rule
Preventing direct root login to serial port interfaces helps ensure accountability for actions taken on the systems using the root account.
Checks: C-53209r1_chk

To check for serial port entries which permit root login, run the following command: # grep '^ttyS[0-9]' /etc/securetty If any output is returned, then root login over serial ports is permitted. If root login over serial ports is permitted, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55521r1_fix

To restrict root logins on serial ports, ensure lines of this form do not appear in "/etc/securetty": ttyS0 ttyS1 Note: Serial port entries are not limited to those listed above. Any lines starting with "ttyS" followed by numerals should be removed.

b
Default operating system accounts, other than root, must be locked.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50731 - SV-64937r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000029
Vuln IDs
  • V-50731
Rule IDs
  • SV-64937r3_rule
Disabling authentication for default system accounts makes it more difficult for attackers to make use of them to compromise a system.
Checks: C-53211r2_chk

To obtain a listing of all users and the contents of their shadow password field, run the command: $ awk -F: '$1 !~ /^root$/ &amp;&amp; $2 !~ /^[!*]/ {print $1 ":" $2}' /etc/shadow Identify the operating system accounts from this listing. These will primarily be the accounts with UID numbers less than 500, other than root. If any default operating system account (other than root) has a valid password hash, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55527r2_fix

Some accounts are not associated with a human user of the system, and exist to perform some administrative function. An attacker should not be able to log into these accounts. Disable logon access to these accounts with the command: # passwd -l [SYSACCT]

c
The system must not have accounts configured with blank or null passwords.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-50737 - SV-64943r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000030
Vuln IDs
  • V-50737
Rule IDs
  • SV-64943r3_rule
If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with empty passwords should never be used in operational environments.
Checks: C-53213r4_chk

To verify that null passwords cannot be used, run the following command: # grep nullok /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth If this produces any output, it may be possible to log on to accounts with empty passwords. If null passwords can be used, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55531r3_fix

If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log on to the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the "nullok" option in "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" to prevent logons with empty passwords.

a
The FTP daemon must be configured for logging or verbose mode.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000130 - V-50739 - SV-64945r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000130
Version
OL6-00-000339
Vuln IDs
  • V-50739
Rule IDs
  • SV-64945r2_rule
To trace malicious activity facilitated by the FTP service, it must be configured to ensure that all commands sent to the ftp server are logged using the verbose vsftpd log format. The default vsftpd log file is /var/log/vsftpd.log.
Checks: C-53215r2_chk

Verify the "vsftpd" package is installed: # rpm -qa | grep -i vsftpd vsftpd-3.0.2-22.e16.x86_64 If the "vsftpd" package is not installed, this is Not Applicable. Find if logging is applied to the ftp daemon. Procedures: If vsftpd is started by xinetd the following command will indicate the xinetd.d startup file. # grep vsftpd /etc/xinetd.d/* # grep server_args [vsftpd xinetd.d startup file] This will indicate the vsftpd config file used when starting through xinetd. If the [server_args]line is missing or does not include the vsftpd configuration file, then the default config file (/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf) is used. # grep xferlog_enable [vsftpd config file] If xferlog_enable is missing, or is not set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55535r1_fix

Add or correct the following configuration options within the "vsftpd" configuration file, located at "/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf". xferlog_enable=YES xferlog_std_format=NO log_ftp_protocol=YES

b
The /etc/passwd file must not contain password hashes.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50741 - SV-64947r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000031
Vuln IDs
  • V-50741
Rule IDs
  • SV-64947r1_rule
The hashes for all user account passwords should be stored in the file "/etc/shadow" and never in "/etc/passwd", which is readable by all users.
Checks: C-53217r1_chk

To check that no password hashes are stored in "/etc/passwd", run the following command: # awk -F: '($2 != "x") {print}' /etc/passwd If it produces any output, then a password hash is stored in "/etc/passwd". If any stored hashes are found in /etc/passwd, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55539r1_fix

If any password hashes are stored in "/etc/passwd" (in the second field, instead of an "x"), the cause of this misconfiguration should be investigated. The account should have its password reset and the hash should be properly stored, or the account should be deleted entirely.

b
The root account must be the only account having a UID of 0.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50747 - SV-64953r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000032
Vuln IDs
  • V-50747
Rule IDs
  • SV-64953r2_rule
An account has root authority if it has a UID of 0. Multiple accounts with a UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to guess a password for a privileged account. Proper configuration of sudo is recommended to afford multiple system administrators access to root privileges in an accountable manner.
Checks: C-53221r2_chk

To list all password file entries for accounts with UID 0, run the following command: # awk -F: '($3 == 0) {print}' /etc/passwd This should print only one line, for the user root. If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55541r1_fix

If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this misconfiguration should be investigated and the accounts other than root should be removed or have their UID changed.

c
The TFTP daemon must operate in secure mode which provides access only to a single directory on the host file system.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-50751 - SV-64957r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000338
Vuln IDs
  • V-50751
Rule IDs
  • SV-64957r2_rule
Using the "-s" option causes the TFTP service to only serve files from the given directory. Serving files from an intentionally specified directory reduces the risk of sharing files which should remain private.
Checks: C-53219r2_chk

Verify the "tftp" package is installed: # rpm -qa | grep -i tftp tftp-5.2-22.e16.x86_64 If the "tftp" package is not installed, this is Not Applicable. Verify "tftp" is configured by with the "-s" option by running the following command: grep "server_args" /etc/xinetd.d/tftp The output should indicate the "server_args" variable is configured with the "-s" flag, matching the example below: # grep "server_args" /etc/xinetd.d/tftp server_args = -s /var/lib/tftpboot If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55545r1_fix

If running the "tftp" service is necessary, it should be configured to change its root directory at startup. To do so, ensure "/etc/xinetd.d/tftp" includes "-s" as a command line argument, as shown in the following example (which is also the default): server_args = -s /var/lib/tftpboot

b
The /etc/shadow file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50753 - SV-64959r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000033
Vuln IDs
  • V-50753
Rule IDs
  • SV-64959r1_rule
The "/etc/shadow" file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.
Checks: C-53223r1_chk

To check the ownership of "/etc/shadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/shadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following owner: "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55547r1_fix

To properly set the owner of "/etc/shadow", run the command: # chown root /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/shadow file must be group-owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50755 - SV-64961r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000034
Vuln IDs
  • V-50755
Rule IDs
  • SV-64961r1_rule
The "/etc/shadow" file stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53225r1_chk

To check the group ownership of "/etc/shadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/shadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following group-owner. "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55549r1_fix

To properly set the group owner of "/etc/shadow", run the command: # chgrp root /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/shadow file must have mode 0000.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50757 - SV-64963r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000035
Vuln IDs
  • V-50757
Rule IDs
  • SV-64963r1_rule
The "/etc/shadow" file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.
Checks: C-53227r1_chk

To check the permissions of "/etc/shadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/shadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following permissions: "----------" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55551r1_fix

To properly set the permissions of "/etc/shadow", run the command: # chmod 0000 /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/gshadow file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50759 - SV-64965r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000036
Vuln IDs
  • V-50759
Rule IDs
  • SV-64965r1_rule
The "/etc/gshadow" file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53229r1_chk

To check the ownership of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/gshadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following owner: "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55553r1_fix

To properly set the owner of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: # chown root /etc/gshadow

b
The system must employ a local IPv6 firewall.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001118 - V-50761 - SV-64967r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001118
Version
OL6-00-000103
Vuln IDs
  • V-50761
Rule IDs
  • SV-64967r2_rule
The "ip6tables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6.
Checks: C-53231r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. If IPv6 is disabled, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "ip6tables" service: # service ip6tables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: ip6tables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55555r1_fix

The "ip6tables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig ip6tables on # service ip6tables start

b
The /etc/gshadow file must be group-owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50763 - SV-64969r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000037
Vuln IDs
  • V-50763
Rule IDs
  • SV-64969r1_rule
The "/etc/gshadow" file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53233r1_chk

To check the group ownership of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/gshadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following group-owner. "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55557r1_fix

To properly set the group owner of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: # chgrp root /etc/gshadow

b
The /etc/gshadow file must have mode 0000.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50765 - SV-64971r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000038
Vuln IDs
  • V-50765
Rule IDs
  • SV-64971r1_rule
The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53235r1_chk

To check the permissions of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/gshadow If properly configured, the output should indicate the following permissions: "----------" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55559r1_fix

To properly set the permissions of "/etc/gshadow", run the command: # chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow

b
The operating system must connect to external networks or information systems only through managed IPv6 interfaces consisting of boundary protection devices arranged in accordance with an organizational security architecture.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001098 - V-50767 - SV-64973r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001098
Version
OL6-00-000106
Vuln IDs
  • V-50767
Rule IDs
  • SV-64973r2_rule
The "ip6tables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6.
Checks: C-53237r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. If IPv6 is disabled, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "ip6tables" service: # service ip6tables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: ip6tables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55561r1_fix

The "ip6tables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig ip6tables on # service ip6tables start

b
The /etc/passwd file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50769 - SV-64975r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000039
Vuln IDs
  • V-50769
Rule IDs
  • SV-64975r1_rule
The "/etc/passwd" file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53239r1_chk

To check the ownership of "/etc/passwd", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/passwd If properly configured, the output should indicate the following owner: "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55563r1_fix

To properly set the owner of "/etc/passwd", run the command: # chown root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must be group-owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50771 - SV-64977r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000040
Vuln IDs
  • V-50771
Rule IDs
  • SV-64977r1_rule
The "/etc/passwd" file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53241r1_chk

To check the group ownership of "/etc/passwd", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/passwd If properly configured, the output should indicate the following group-owner. "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55565r1_fix

To properly set the group owner of "/etc/passwd", run the command: # chgrp root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50773 - SV-64979r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000041
Vuln IDs
  • V-50773
Rule IDs
  • SV-64979r1_rule
If the "/etc/passwd" file is writable by a group-owner or the world the risk of its compromise is increased. The file contains the list of accounts on the system and associated information, and protection of this file is critical for system security.
Checks: C-53245r1_chk

To check the permissions of "/etc/passwd", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/passwd If properly configured, the output should indicate the following permissions: "-rw-r--r--" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55567r1_fix

To properly set the permissions of "/etc/passwd", run the command: # chmod 0644 /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/group file must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50775 - SV-64981r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000042
Vuln IDs
  • V-50775
Rule IDs
  • SV-64981r1_rule
The "/etc/group" file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.
Checks: C-53247r1_chk

To check the ownership of "/etc/group", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/group If properly configured, the output should indicate the following owner: "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55569r1_fix

To properly set the owner of "/etc/group", run the command: # chown root /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must be group-owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50777 - SV-64983r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000043
Vuln IDs
  • V-50777
Rule IDs
  • SV-64983r1_rule
The "/etc/group" file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.
Checks: C-53249r1_chk

To check the group ownership of "/etc/group", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/group If properly configured, the output should indicate the following group-owner. "root" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55571r1_fix

To properly set the group owner of "/etc/group", run the command: # chgrp root /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50779 - SV-64985r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000044
Vuln IDs
  • V-50779
Rule IDs
  • SV-64985r1_rule
The "/etc/group" file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.
Checks: C-53251r1_chk

To check the permissions of "/etc/group", run the command: $ ls -l /etc/group If properly configured, the output should indicate the following permissions: "-rw-r--r--" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55573r1_fix

To properly set the permissions of "/etc/group", run the command: # chmod 644 /etc/group

b
The operating system must prevent public IPv6 access into an organizations internal networks, except as appropriately mediated by managed interfaces employing boundary protection devices.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001100 - V-50781 - SV-64987r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001100
Version
OL6-00-000107
Vuln IDs
  • V-50781
Rule IDs
  • SV-64987r2_rule
The "ip6tables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6.
Checks: C-53253r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. If IPv6 is disabled, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "ip6tables" service: # service ip6tables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: ip6tables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55575r1_fix

The "ip6tables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig ip6tables on # service ip6tables start

b
Library files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-50783 - SV-64989r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
OL6-00-000045
Vuln IDs
  • V-50783
Rule IDs
  • SV-64989r2_rule
Files from shared library directories are loaded into the address space of processes (including privileged ones) or of the kernel itself at runtime. Restrictive permissions are necessary to protect the integrity of the system.
Checks: C-53255r2_chk

System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default: /lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64 Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are stored in "/lib/modules". All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. To find shared libraries that are group-writable or world-writable, run the following command for each directory [DIR] which contains shared libraries: $ find -L [DIR] -perm /022 -type f If any of these files (excluding broken symlinks) are group-writable or world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55577r2_fix

System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default: /lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64 If any file in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command: # chmod go-w [FILE]

b
Library files must be owned by a system account.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-50785 - SV-64991r4_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
OL6-00-000046
Vuln IDs
  • V-50785
Rule IDs
  • SV-64991r4_rule
Files from shared library directories are loaded into the address space of processes (including privileged ones) or of the kernel itself at runtime. Proper ownership is necessary to protect the integrity of the system.
Checks: C-53257r4_chk

System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default: /lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64 /usr/local/lib /usr/local/lib64 Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are stored in "/lib/modules". All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. To find shared libraries that are not owned by "root" and do not match what is expected by the RPM, run the following command: for i in /lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64 /usr/local/lib /usr/local/lib64 do for j in `find -L $i \! -user root` do rpm -V -f $j | grep '^.....U' done done If the command returns any results, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55579r4_fix

System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default: /lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64 /usr/local/lib /usr/local/lib64 If any file in these directories is found to be owned by a user other than “root” and does not match what is expected by the RPM, correct its ownership by running one of the following commands: # rpm --setugids [PACKAGE_NAME] Or # chown root [FILE]

b
All system command files must have mode 755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-50787 - SV-64993r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
OL6-00-000047
Vuln IDs
  • V-50787
Rule IDs
  • SV-64993r2_rule
System binaries are executed by privileged users, as well as system services, and restrictive permissions are necessary to ensure execution of these programs cannot be co-opted.
Checks: C-53259r2_chk

System executables are stored in the following directories by default: /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. To find system executables that are group-writable or world-writable, run the following command for each directory [DIR] which contains system executables: $ find -L [DIR] -perm /022 -type f If any system executables are found to be group-writable or world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55581r1_fix

System executables are stored in the following directories by default: /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin If any file in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command: # chmod go-w [FILE]

b
All system command files must be owned by root.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-50789 - SV-64995r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
OL6-00-000048
Vuln IDs
  • V-50789
Rule IDs
  • SV-64995r2_rule
System binaries are executed by privileged users as well as system services, and restrictive permissions are necessary to ensure that their execution of these programs cannot be co-opted.
Checks: C-53261r2_chk

System executables are stored in the following directories by default: /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin To find system executables that are not owned by "root", run the following command for each directory [DIR] which contains system executables: $ find -L [DIR] \! -user root If any system executables are found to not be owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55583r1_fix

System executables are stored in the following directories by default: /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin If any file [FILE] in these directories is found to be owned by a user other than root, correct its ownership with the following command: # chown root [FILE]

b
The system must require passwords to contain a minimum of 15 characters.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000205 - V-50791 - SV-64997r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000205
Version
OL6-00-000050
Vuln IDs
  • V-50791
Rule IDs
  • SV-64997r3_rule
Requiring a minimum password length makes password cracking attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space. However, any security benefit from an onerous requirement must be carefully weighed against usability problems, support costs, or counterproductive behavior that may result. While it does not negate the password length requirement, it is preferable to migrate from a password-based authentication scheme to a stronger one based on PKI (public key infrastructure).
Checks: C-53263r3_chk

To check the minimum password length, run the command: $ grep PASS_MIN_LEN /etc/login.defs The DoD requirement is "15". If it is not set to the required value, this is a finding. $ grep –E ‘pam_cracklib.so.*minlen’ /etc/pam.d/* If no results are returned, this is not a finding. If any results are returned and are not set to “15” or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55585r2_fix

To specify password length requirements for new accounts, edit the file "/etc/login.defs" and add or correct the following lines: PASS_MIN_LEN 15 The DoD requirement is "15". If a program consults "/etc/login.defs" and also another PAM module (such as "pam_cracklib") during a password change operation, then the most restrictive must be satisfied.

b
Users must not be able to change passwords more than once every 24 hours.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000198 - V-50793 - SV-64999r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000198
Version
OL6-00-000051
Vuln IDs
  • V-50793
Rule IDs
  • SV-64999r1_rule
Setting the minimum password age protects against users cycling back to a favorite password after satisfying the password reuse requirement.
Checks: C-53265r1_chk

To check the minimum password age, run the command: $ grep PASS_MIN_DAYS /etc/login.defs The DoD requirement is 1. If it is not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55587r1_fix

To specify password minimum age for new accounts, edit the file "/etc/login.defs" and add or correct the following line, replacing [DAYS] appropriately: PASS_MIN_DAYS [DAYS] A value of 1 day is considered sufficient for many environments. The DoD requirement is 1.

b
User passwords must be changed at least every 60 days.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000199 - V-50795 - SV-65001r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000199
Version
OL6-00-000053
Vuln IDs
  • V-50795
Rule IDs
  • SV-65001r1_rule
Setting the password maximum age ensures users are required to periodically change their passwords. This could possibly decrease the utility of a stolen password. Requiring shorter password lifetimes increases the risk of users writing down the password in a convenient location subject to physical compromise.
Checks: C-53267r1_chk

To check the maximum password age, run the command: $ grep PASS_MAX_DAYS /etc/login.defs The DoD requirement is 60. If it is not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55589r1_fix

To specify password maximum age for new accounts, edit the file "/etc/login.defs" and add or correct the following line, replacing [DAYS] appropriately: PASS_MAX_DAYS [DAYS] The DoD requirement is 60.

b
The system must employ a local IPv4 firewall.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001118 - V-50797 - SV-65003r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001118
Version
OL6-00-000113
Vuln IDs
  • V-50797
Rule IDs
  • SV-65003r2_rule
The "iptables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv4 and ICMP.
Checks: C-53269r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "iptables" service: # service iptables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: iptables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55591r1_fix

The "iptables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig iptables on # service iptables start

b
The system must not permit root logins using remote access programs such as ssh.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-50799 - SV-65005r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
OL6-00-000237
Vuln IDs
  • V-50799
Rule IDs
  • SV-65005r1_rule
Permitting direct root login reduces auditable information about who ran privileged commands on the system and also allows direct attack attempts on root's password.
Checks: C-53271r1_chk

To determine how the SSH daemon's "PermitRootLogin" option is set, run the following command: # grep -i PermitRootLogin /etc/ssh/sshd_config If a line indicating "no" is returned, then the required value is set. If the required value is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55593r1_fix

The root user should never be allowed to log in to a system directly over a network. To disable root login via SSH, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": PermitRootLogin no

c
The SSH daemon must not allow authentication using an empty password.
IA-2 - High - CCI-000766 - V-50801 - SV-65007r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000766
Version
OL6-00-000239
Vuln IDs
  • V-50801
Rule IDs
  • SV-65007r1_rule
Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.
Checks: C-53273r1_chk

To determine how the SSH daemon's "PermitEmptyPasswords" option is set, run the following command: # grep -i PermitEmptyPasswords /etc/ssh/sshd_config If no line, a commented line, or a line indicating the value "no" is returned, then the required value is set. If the required value is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55595r1_fix

To explicitly disallow remote login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": PermitEmptyPasswords no Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-50803 - SV-65009r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
OL6-00-000240
Vuln IDs
  • V-50803
Rule IDs
  • SV-65009r1_rule
The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does not provide easy attribution.
Checks: C-53275r1_chk

To determine how the SSH daemon's "Banner" option is set, run the following command: # grep -i Banner /etc/ssh/sshd_config If a line indicating /etc/issue is returned, then the required value is set. If the required value is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55597r1_fix

To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": Banner /etc/issue Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.

a
The SSH daemon must not permit user environment settings.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-001414 - V-50805 - SV-65011r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001414
Version
OL6-00-000241
Vuln IDs
  • V-50805
Rule IDs
  • SV-65011r1_rule
SSH environment options potentially allow users to bypass access restriction in some configurations.
Checks: C-53277r1_chk

To ensure users are not able to present environment daemons, run the following command: # grep PermitUserEnvironment /etc/ssh/sshd_config If properly configured, output should be: PermitUserEnvironment no If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55599r1_fix

To ensure users are not able to present environment options to the SSH daemon, add or correct the following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config": PermitUserEnvironment no

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to use only FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001144 - V-50807 - SV-65013r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001144
Version
OL6-00-000243
Vuln IDs
  • V-50807
Rule IDs
  • SV-65013r2_rule
Approved algorithms should impart some level of confidence in their implementation. These are also required for compliance.
Checks: C-53279r3_chk

Only FIPS-approved ciphers should be used. To verify that only FIPS-approved ciphers are in use, run the following command: # grep -i Ciphers /etc/ssh/sshd_config Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc If any ciphers listed are not FIPS-approved, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55601r3_fix

Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved. Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode. The following line in "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers: Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc Note: The man page "sshd_config(5)" contains a list of supported ciphers.

a
The avahi service must be disabled.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50809 - SV-65015r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000246
Vuln IDs
  • V-50809
Rule IDs
  • SV-65015r1_rule
Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network port, it is subject to network attacks. Its functionality is convenient but is only appropriate if the local network can be trusted.
Checks: C-53281r1_chk

To check that the "avahi-daemon" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "avahi-daemon" --list Output should indicate the "avahi-daemon" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "avahi-daemon" --list "avahi-daemon" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "avahi-daemon" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service avahi-daemon status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: avahi-daemon is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55603r1_fix

The "avahi-daemon" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig avahi-daemon off # service avahi-daemon stop

b
The system clock must be synchronized continuously, or at least daily.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-000160 - V-50811 - SV-65017r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
OL6-00-000247
Vuln IDs
  • V-50811
Rule IDs
  • SV-65017r1_rule
Enabling the "ntpd" service ensures that the "ntpd" service will be running and that the system will synchronize its time to any servers specified. This is important whether the system is configured to be a client (and synchronize only its own clock) or it is also acting as an NTP server to other systems. Synchronizing time is essential for authentication services such as Kerberos, but it is also important for maintaining accurate logs and auditing possible security breaches.
Checks: C-53283r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "ntpd" service: # service ntpd status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: ntpd is running... If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55605r1_fix

The "ntpd" service can be enabled with the following command: # chkconfig ntpd on # service ntpd start

b
The system clock must be synchronized to an authoritative DoD time source.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-000160 - V-50813 - SV-65019r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
OL6-00-000248
Vuln IDs
  • V-50813
Rule IDs
  • SV-65019r1_rule
Synchronizing with an NTP server makes it possible to collate system logs from multiple sources or correlate computer events with real time events. Using a trusted NTP server provided by your organization is recommended.
Checks: C-53285r1_chk

A remote NTP server should be configured for time synchronization. To verify one is configured, open the following file. /etc/ntp.conf In the file, there should be a section similar to the following: # --- OUR TIMESERVERS ----- server [ntpserver] If this is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55607r1_fix

To specify a remote NTP server for time synchronization, edit the file "/etc/ntp.conf". Add or correct the following lines, substituting the IP or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver. server [ntpserver] This instructs the NTP software to contact that remote server to obtain time data.

b
Mail relaying must be restricted.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-50815 - SV-65021r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000249
Vuln IDs
  • V-50815
Rule IDs
  • SV-65021r2_rule
This ensures "postfix" accepts mail messages (such as cron job reports) from the local system only, and not from the network, which protects it from network attack.
Checks: C-53287r2_chk

If the system is an authorized mail relay host, this is not applicable. Run the following command to ensure postfix accepts mail messages from only the local system: $ grep inet_interfaces /etc/postfix/main.cf If properly configured, the output should show only "localhost". If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55609r1_fix

Edit the file "/etc/postfix/main.cf" to ensure that only the following "inet_interfaces" line appears: inet_interfaces = localhost

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the system must use a TLS connection using FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-50817 - SV-65023r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
OL6-00-000252
Vuln IDs
  • V-50817
Rule IDs
  • SV-65023r1_rule
The ssl directive specifies whether to use ssl or not. If not specified it will default to "no". It should be set to "start_tls" rather than doing LDAP over SSL.
Checks: C-53289r1_chk

If the system does not use LDAP for authentication or account information, this is not applicable. To ensure LDAP is configured to use TLS for all transactions, run the following command: $ grep start_tls /etc/pam_ldap.conf If no lines are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55611r1_fix

Configure LDAP to enforce TLS use. First, edit the file "/etc/pam_ldap.conf", and add or correct the following lines: ssl start_tls Then review the LDAP server and ensure TLS has been configured.

b
The LDAP client must use a TLS connection using trust certificates signed by the site CA.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000776 - V-50819 - SV-65025r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000776
Version
OL6-00-000253
Vuln IDs
  • V-50819
Rule IDs
  • SV-65025r1_rule
The tls_cacertdir or tls_cacertfile directives are required when tls_checkpeer is configured (which is the default for openldap versions 2.1 and up). These directives define the path to the trust certificates signed by the site CA.
Checks: C-53291r1_chk

If the system does not use LDAP for authentication or account information, this is not applicable. To ensure TLS is configured with trust certificates, run the following command: # grep cert /etc/pam_ldap.conf If there is no output, or the lines are commented out, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55613r1_fix

Ensure a copy of the site's CA certificate has been placed in the file "/etc/pki/tls/CA/cacert.pem". Configure LDAP to enforce TLS use and to trust certificates signed by the site's CA. First, edit the file "/etc/pam_ldap.conf", and add or correct either of the following lines: tls_cacertdir /etc/pki/tls/CA or tls_cacertfile /etc/pki/tls/CA/cacert.pem Then review the LDAP server and ensure TLS has been configured.

a
The openldap-servers package must not be installed unless required.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50821 - SV-65027r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000256
Vuln IDs
  • V-50821
Rule IDs
  • SV-65027r1_rule
Unnecessary packages should not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system.
Checks: C-53293r1_chk

To verify the "openldap-servers" package is not installed, run the following command: $ rpm -q openldap-servers The output should show the following. package openldap-servers is not installed If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55615r1_fix

The "openldap-servers" package should be removed if not in use. Is this machine the OpenLDAP server? If not, remove the package. # yum erase openldap-servers The openldap-servers RPM may be installed. It is needed only by the OpenLDAP server, not by clients which use LDAP for authentication. If the system is not intended for use as an LDAP server, it should be removed.

b
The graphical desktop environment must set the idle timeout to no more than 15 minutes.
AC-11 - Medium - CCI-000057 - V-50823 - SV-65029r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000057
Version
OL6-00-000257
Vuln IDs
  • V-50823
Rule IDs
  • SV-65029r2_rule
Setting the idle delay controls when the screensaver will start, and can be combined with screen locking to prevent access from passersby.
Checks: C-53295r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To check the current idle time-out value, run the following command: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gnome-screensaver/idle_delay If properly configured, the output should be "15". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55617r1_fix

Run the following command to set the idle time-out value for inactivity in the GNOME desktop to 15 minutes: # gconftool-2 \ --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type int \ --set /apps/gnome-screensaver/idle_delay 15

b
The graphical desktop environment must automatically lock after 15 minutes of inactivity and the system must require user reauthentication to unlock the environment.
AC-11 - Medium - CCI-000057 - V-50825 - SV-65031r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000057
Version
OL6-00-000258
Vuln IDs
  • V-50825
Rule IDs
  • SV-65031r3_rule
Enabling idle activation of the screen saver ensures the screensaver will be activated after the idle delay. Applications requiring continuous, real-time screen display (such as network management products) require the login session does not have administrator rights and the display station is located in a controlled-access area.
Checks: C-53297r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To check the screensaver mandatory use status, run the following command: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gnome-screensaver/idle_activation_enabled If properly configured, the output should be "true". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55619r1_fix

Run the following command to activate the screensaver in the GNOME desktop after a period of inactivity: # gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type bool \ --set /apps/gnome-screensaver/idle_activation_enabled true

b
The graphical desktop environment must have automatic lock enabled.
AC-11 - Medium - CCI-000057 - V-50827 - SV-65033r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000057
Version
OL6-00-000259
Vuln IDs
  • V-50827
Rule IDs
  • SV-65033r2_rule
Enabling the activation of the screen lock after an idle period ensures password entry will be required in order to access the system, preventing access by passersby.
Checks: C-53299r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To check the status of the idle screen lock activation, run the following command: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gnome-screensaver/lock_enabled If properly configured, the output should be "true". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55621r1_fix

Run the following command to activate locking of the screensaver in the GNOME desktop when it is activated: # gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type bool \ --set /apps/gnome-screensaver/lock_enabled true

a
The system must display a publicly-viewable pattern during a graphical desktop environment session lock.
AC-11 - Low - CCI-000060 - V-50829 - SV-65035r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000060
Version
OL6-00-000260
Vuln IDs
  • V-50829
Rule IDs
  • SV-65035r2_rule
Setting the screensaver mode to blank-only conceals the contents of the display from passersby.
Checks: C-53301r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To ensure the screensaver is configured to be blank, run the following command: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gnome-screensaver/mode If properly configured, the output should be "blank-only". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55623r2_fix

Run the following command to set the screensaver mode in the GNOME desktop to a blank screen: # gconftool-2 \ --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type string \ --set /apps/gnome-screensaver/mode blank-only

a
The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool (abrtd) service must not be running.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50831 - SV-65037r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000261
Vuln IDs
  • V-50831
Rule IDs
  • SV-65037r1_rule
Mishandling crash data could expose sensitive information about vulnerabilities in software executing on the local machine, as well as sensitive information from within a process's address space or registers.
Checks: C-53303r1_chk

To check that the "abrtd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "abrtd" --list Output should indicate the "abrtd" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "abrtd" --list "abrtd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "abrtd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service abrtd status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: abrtd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55625r1_fix

The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool ("abrtd") daemon collects and reports crash data when an application crash is detected. Using a variety of plugins, abrtd can email crash reports to system administrators, log crash reports to files, or forward crash reports to a centralized issue-tracking system such as the operating system vendor's centralized issue-tracking system. The "abrtd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig abrtd off # service abrtd stop

a
The atd service must be disabled.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50835 - SV-65041r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000262
Vuln IDs
  • V-50835
Rule IDs
  • SV-65041r2_rule
The "atd" service could be used by an unsophisticated insider to carry out activities outside of a normal login session, which could complicate accountability. Furthermore, the need to schedule tasks with "at" or "batch" is not common.
Checks: C-53307r2_chk

If the system requires the use of the "atd" service to support an organizational requirement, this is not applicable. To check that the "atd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "atd" --list Output should indicate the "atd" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "atd" --list "atd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "atd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service atd status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: atd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55629r1_fix

The "at" and "batch" commands can be used to schedule tasks that are meant to be executed only once. This allows delayed execution in a manner similar to cron, except that it is not recurring. The daemon "atd" keeps track of tasks scheduled via "at" and "batch", and executes them at the specified time. The "atd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig atd off # service atd stop

a
The ntpdate service must not be running.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50837 - SV-65043r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000265
Vuln IDs
  • V-50837
Rule IDs
  • SV-65043r1_rule
The "ntpdate" service may only be suitable for systems which are rebooted frequently enough that clock drift does not cause problems between reboots. In any event, the functionality of the ntpdate service is now available in the ntpd program and should be considered deprecated.
Checks: C-53309r1_chk

To check that the "ntpdate" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "ntpdate" --list Output should indicate the "ntpdate" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "ntpdate" --list "ntpdate" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "ntpdate" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service ntpdate status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: ntpdate is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55631r1_fix

The ntpdate service sets the local hardware clock by polling NTP servers when the system boots. It synchronizes to the NTP servers listed in "/etc/ntp/step-tickers" or "/etc/ntp.conf" and then sets the local hardware clock to the newly synchronized system time. The "ntpdate" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig ntpdate off # service ntpdate stop

a
The oddjobd service must not be running.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50839 - SV-65045r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000266
Vuln IDs
  • V-50839
Rule IDs
  • SV-65045r1_rule
The "oddjobd" service may provide necessary functionality in some environments but it can be disabled if it is not needed. Execution of tasks by privileged programs, on behalf of unprivileged ones, has traditionally been a source of privilege escalation security issues.
Checks: C-53311r1_chk

To check that the "oddjobd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "oddjobd" --list Output should indicate the "oddjobd" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "oddjobd" --list "oddjobd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "oddjobd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service oddjobd status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: oddjobd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55633r1_fix

The "oddjobd" service exists to provide an interface and access control mechanism through which specified privileged tasks can run tasks for unprivileged client applications. Communication with "oddjobd" is through the system message bus. The "oddjobd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig oddjobd off # service oddjobd stop

a
The qpidd service must not be running.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50841 - SV-65047r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000267
Vuln IDs
  • V-50841
Rule IDs
  • SV-65047r2_rule
The qpidd service is automatically installed when the "base" package selection is selected during installation. The qpidd service listens for network connections, which increases the attack surface of the system. If the system is not intended to receive AMQP, traffic then the "qpidd" service is not needed and should be disabled or removed.
Checks: C-53313r1_chk

To check that the "qpidd" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "qpidd" --list Output should indicate the "qpidd" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "qpidd" --list "qpidd" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "qpidd" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service qpidd status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: qpidd is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55635r1_fix

The "qpidd" service provides high speed, secure, guaranteed delivery services. It is an implementation of the Advanced Message Queuing Protocol. By default the qpidd service will bind to port 5672 and listen for connection attempts. The "qpidd" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig qpidd off # service qpidd stop

a
The rdisc service must not be running.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50843 - SV-65049r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000268
Vuln IDs
  • V-50843
Rule IDs
  • SV-65049r1_rule
General-purpose systems typically have their network and routing information configured statically by a system administrator. Workstations or some special-purpose systems often use DHCP (instead of IRDP) to retrieve dynamic network configuration information.
Checks: C-53315r1_chk

To check that the "rdisc" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "rdisc" --list Output should indicate the "rdisc" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "rdisc" --list "rdisc" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "rdisc" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service rdisc status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: rdisc is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55637r1_fix

The "rdisc" service implements the client side of the ICMP Internet Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP), which allows discovery of routers on the local subnet. If a router is discovered then the local routing table is updated with a corresponding default route. By default this daemon is disabled. The "rdisc" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig rdisc off # service rdisc stop

b
Remote file systems must be mounted with the nodev option.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50845 - SV-65051r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000269
Vuln IDs
  • V-50845
Rule IDs
  • SV-65051r2_rule
Legitimate device files should only exist in the /dev directory. NFS mounts should not present device files to users.
Checks: C-53317r2_chk

To verify the "nodev" option is configured for all NFS mounts, run the following command: $ mount | grep nfs All NFS mounts should show the "nodev" setting in parentheses, along with other mount options. If the setting does not show, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55639r1_fix

Add the "nodev" option to the fourth column of "/etc/fstab" for the line which controls mounting of any NFS mounts.

b
Remote file systems must be mounted with the nosuid option.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50847 - SV-65053r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000270
Vuln IDs
  • V-50847
Rule IDs
  • SV-65053r2_rule
NFS mounts should not present suid binaries to users. Only vendor-supplied suid executables should be installed to their default location on the local filesystem.
Checks: C-53319r2_chk

To verify the "nosuid" option is configured for all NFS mounts, run the following command: $ mount | grep nfs All NFS mounts should show the "nosuid" setting in parentheses, along with other mount options. If the setting does not show, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55641r1_fix

Add the "nosuid" option to the fourth column of "/etc/fstab" for the line which controls mounting of any NFS mounts.

a
The noexec option must be added to removable media partitions.
AC-19 - Low - CCI-000087 - V-50849 - SV-65055r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-19
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000087
Version
OL6-00-000271
Vuln IDs
  • V-50849
Rule IDs
  • SV-65055r2_rule
Allowing users to execute binaries from removable media such as USB keys exposes the system to potential compromise.
Checks: C-53321r2_chk

Identify any removable media that is configured on the system: # cat /etc/fstab /dev/mapper/vg_rhel6-lv_root / ext4 defaults 1 1 UUID=0be9b205-f8e6-4bf4-b0ba-1f235fc55936 /boot ext4 defaults 1 2 UUID=5D49-30B2 /boot/efi vfat umask=0077,shortname=winnt 0 0 /dev/mapper/vg_rhel6-lv_home /home ext4 defaults 1 2 /dev/mapper/vg_rhel6-lv_tmp /tmp ext4 defaults 1 2 /dev/mapper/vg_rhel6-lv_var /var ext4 defaults 1 2 /dev/mapper/vg_rhel6-lv_swap swap swap defaults 0 0 tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0 devpts /dev/pts devpts gid=5,mode=620 0 0 sysfs /sys sysfs defaults 0 0 proc /proc proc defaults 0 0 /dev/sdc1 /media/usb vfat defaults,rw,noexec 0 0 If any of the identified removable media devices do not have "noexec" defined, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55643r2_fix

The "noexec" mount option prevents the direct execution of binaries on the mounted filesystem. Users should not be allowed to execute binaries that exist on partitions mounted from removable media (such as a USB key). The "noexec" option prevents code from being executed directly from the media itself, and may therefore provide a line of defense against certain types of worms or malicious code. Add the "noexec" option to the fourth column of "/etc/fstab" for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

a
The system must use SMB client signing for connecting to samba servers using smbclient.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50851 - SV-65057r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000272
Vuln IDs
  • V-50851
Rule IDs
  • SV-65057r1_rule
Packet signing can prevent man-in-the-middle attacks which modify SMB packets in transit.
Checks: C-53323r1_chk

To verify that Samba clients running smbclient must use packet signing, run the following command: # grep signing /etc/samba/smb.conf The output should show: client signing = mandatory If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55645r1_fix

To require samba clients running "smbclient" to use packet signing, add the following to the "[global]" section of the Samba configuration file in "/etc/samba/smb.conf": client signing = mandatory Requiring samba clients such as "smbclient" to use packet signing ensures they can only communicate with servers that support packet signing.

a
The system must use SMB client signing for connecting to samba servers using mount.cifs.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50853 - SV-65059r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000273
Vuln IDs
  • V-50853
Rule IDs
  • SV-65059r2_rule
Packet signing can prevent man-in-the-middle attacks which modify SMB packets in transit.
Checks: C-53325r2_chk

If Samba is not in use, this is not applicable. To verify that Samba clients using mount.cifs must use packet signing, run the following command: # grep sec /etc/fstab /etc/mtab The output should show either "krb5i" or "ntlmv2i" in use. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55647r1_fix

Require packet signing of clients who mount Samba shares using the "mount.cifs" program (e.g., those who specify shares in "/etc/fstab"). To do so, ensure signing options (either "sec=krb5i" or "sec=ntlmv2i") are used. See the "mount.cifs(8)" man page for more information. A Samba client should only communicate with servers who can support SMB packet signing.

b
The system must prohibit the reuse of passwords within five iterations.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000200 - V-50855 - SV-65061r5_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000200
Version
OL6-00-000274
Vuln IDs
  • V-50855
Rule IDs
  • SV-65061r5_rule
Preventing reuse of previous passwords helps ensure that a compromised password is not reused by a user.
Checks: C-53327r6_chk

To verify the password reuse setting is compliant, run the following command: # grep remember /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The output must be a line beginning with "password required pam_pwhistory.so" and ending with "remember=5". If the line is commented out, the line does not contain the specified elements, or the value for "remember" is less than “5”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55649r6_fix

Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the "remember" option for the "pam_pwhistory" PAM module. In the file "/etc/pam.d/system-auth", append "remember=5" to the line which refers to the "pam_pwhistory.so" module, as shown: password required pam_pwhistory.so [existing_options] remember=5 The DoD requirement is five passwords.

a
The operating system must employ cryptographic mechanisms to protect information in storage.
MP-4 - Low - CCI-001019 - V-50857 - SV-65063r1_rule
RMF Control
MP-4
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001019
Version
OL6-00-000275
Vuln IDs
  • V-50857
Rule IDs
  • SV-65063r1_rule
The risk of a system's physical compromise, particularly mobile systems such as laptops, places its data at risk of compromise. Encrypting this data mitigates the risk of its loss if the system is lost.
Checks: C-53329r1_chk

Determine if encryption must be used to protect data on the system. If encryption must be used and is not employed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55651r1_fix

The operating system natively supports partition encryption through the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) on-disk-format technology. The easiest way to encrypt a partition is during installation time. For manual installations, select the "Encrypt" checkbox during partition creation to encrypt the partition. When this option is selected, the system will prompt for a passphrase to use in decrypting the partition. The passphrase will subsequently need to be entered manually every time the system boots. For automated/unattended installations, it is possible to use Kickstart by adding the "--encrypted" and "--passphrase=" options to the definition of each partition to be encrypted. For example, the following line would encrypt the root partition: part / --fstype=ext3 --size=100 --onpart=hda1 --encrypted --passphrase=[PASSPHRASE] Any [PASSPHRASE] is stored in the Kickstart in plaintext, and the Kickstart must then be protected accordingly. Omitting the "--passphrase=" option from the partition definition will cause the installer to pause and interactively ask for the passphrase during installation. Detailed information on encrypting partitions using LUKS can be found in the Oracle Linux documentation at: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E37670_01/E36387/html/index.html Additional information is available from: http://linux.oracle.com/documentation/OL6/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-6-Security_Guide-en-US.pdf

a
The operating system must protect the confidentiality and integrity of data at rest.
SC-28 - Low - CCI-001199 - V-50859 - SV-65065r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-28
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001199
Version
OL6-00-000276
Vuln IDs
  • V-50859
Rule IDs
  • SV-65065r1_rule
The risk of a system's physical compromise, particularly mobile systems such as laptops, places its data at risk of compromise. Encrypting this data mitigates the risk of its loss if the system is lost.
Checks: C-53331r1_chk

Determine if encryption must be used to protect data on the system. If encryption must be used and is not employed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55653r1_fix

The operating system natively supports partition encryption through the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) on-disk-format technology. The easiest way to encrypt a partition is during installation time. For manual installations, select the "Encrypt" checkbox during partition creation to encrypt the partition. When this option is selected, the system will prompt for a passphrase to use in decrypting the partition. The passphrase will subsequently need to be entered manually every time the system boots. For automated/unattended installations, it is possible to use Kickstart by adding the "--encrypted" and "--passphrase=" options to the definition of each partition to be encrypted. For example, the following line would encrypt the root partition: part / --fstype=ext3 --size=100 --onpart=hda1 --encrypted --passphrase=[PASSPHRASE] Any [PASSPHRASE] is stored in the Kickstart in plaintext, and the Kickstart must then be protected accordingly. Omitting the "--passphrase=" option from the partition definition will cause the installer to pause and interactively ask for the passphrase during installation. Detailed information on encrypting partitions using LUKS can be found in the Oracle Linux documentation at: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E37670_01/E36387/html/index.html Additional information is available from: http://linux.oracle.com/documentation/OL6/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-6-Security_Guide-en-US.pdf

a
The operating system must employ cryptographic mechanisms to prevent unauthorized disclosure of data at rest unless otherwise protected by alternative physical measures.
SC-28 - Low - CCI-001200 - V-50861 - SV-65067r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-28
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001200
Version
OL6-00-000277
Vuln IDs
  • V-50861
Rule IDs
  • SV-65067r1_rule
The risk of a system's physical compromise, particularly mobile systems such as laptops, places its data at risk of compromise. Encrypting this data mitigates the risk of its loss if the system is lost.
Checks: C-53333r1_chk

Determine if encryption must be used to protect data on the system. If encryption must be used and is not employed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55655r1_fix

The operating system natively supports partition encryption through the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) on-disk-format technology. The easiest way to encrypt a partition is during installation time. For manual installations, select the "Encrypt" checkbox during partition creation to encrypt the partition. When this option is selected, the system will prompt for a passphrase to use in decrypting the partition. The passphrase will subsequently need to be entered manually every time the system boots. For automated/unattended installations, it is possible to use Kickstart by adding the "--encrypted" and "--passphrase=" options to the definition of each partition to be encrypted. For example, the following line would encrypt the root partition: part / --fstype=ext3 --size=100 --onpart=hda1 --encrypted --passphrase=[PASSPHRASE] Any [PASSPHRASE] is stored in the Kickstart in plaintext, and the Kickstart must then be protected accordingly. Omitting the "--passphrase=" option from the partition definition will cause the installer to pause and interactively ask for the passphrase during installation. Detailed information on encrypting partitions using LUKS can be found in the Oracle Linux documentation at: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E37670_01/E36387/html/index.html. Additional information is available from: http://linux.oracle.com/documentation/OL6/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-6-Security_Guide-en-US.pdf"

b
The system package management tool must verify permissions on all files and directories associated with the audit package.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001493 - V-50863 - SV-65069r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
OL6-00-000278
Vuln IDs
  • V-50863
Rule IDs
  • SV-65069r1_rule
Permissions on audit binaries and configuration files that are too generous could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The permissions set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53335r1_chk

The following command will list which audit files on the system have permissions different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -V audit | grep '^.M' If there is any output, for each file or directory found, compare the RPM-expected permissions with the permissions on the file or directory: # rpm -q --queryformat "[%{FILENAMES} %{FILEMODES:perms}\n]" audit | grep [filename] # ls -lL [filename] If the existing permissions are more permissive than those expected by RPM, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55657r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore file access permissions of the audit package files and directories. The following command will update audit files with permissions different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm --setperms audit

b
The system package management tool must verify ownership on all files and directories associated with the audit package.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001494 - V-50865 - SV-65071r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001494
Version
OL6-00-000279
Vuln IDs
  • V-50865
Rule IDs
  • SV-65071r1_rule
Ownership of audit binaries and configuration files that is incorrect could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The ownership set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53337r1_chk

The following command will list which audit files on the system have ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -V audit | grep '^.....U' If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55659r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore file ownership of the audit package files and directories. The following command will update audit files with ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm --setugids audit

b
The system package management tool must verify group-ownership on all files and directories associated with the audit package.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001495 - V-50867 - SV-65073r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001495
Version
OL6-00-000280
Vuln IDs
  • V-50867
Rule IDs
  • SV-65073r1_rule
Group-ownership of audit binaries and configuration files that is incorrect could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The group-ownership set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.
Checks: C-53339r1_chk

The following command will list which audit files on the system have group-ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -V audit | grep '^......G' If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55661r1_fix

The RPM package management system can restore file group-ownership of the audit package files and directories. The following command will update audit files with group-ownership different from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm --setugids audit

b
The system package management tool must verify contents of all files associated with the audit package.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001496 - V-50869 - SV-65075r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001496
Version
OL6-00-000281
Vuln IDs
  • V-50869
Rule IDs
  • SV-65075r1_rule
The hash on important files like audit system executables should match the information given by the RPM database. Audit executables with erroneous hashes could be a sign of nefarious activity on the system.
Checks: C-53341r1_chk

The following command will list which audit files on the system have file hashes different from what is expected by the RPM database. # rpm -V audit | awk '$1 ~ /..5/ &amp;&amp; $2 != "c"' If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55663r1_fix

The RPM package management system can check the hashes of audit system package files. Run the following command to list which audit files on the system have hashes that differ from what is expected by the RPM database: # rpm -V audit | grep '^..5' A "c" in the second column indicates that a file is a configuration file, which may appropriately be expected to change. If the file that has changed was not expected to then refresh from distribution media or online repositories. rpm -Uvh [affected_package] OR yum reinstall [affected_package]

b
There must be no world-writable files on the system.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50871 - SV-65077r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000282
Vuln IDs
  • V-50871
Rule IDs
  • SV-65077r2_rule
Data in world-writable files can be modified by any user on the system. In almost all circumstances, files can be configured using a combination of user and group permissions to support whatever legitimate access is needed without the risk caused by world-writable files.
Checks: C-53343r2_chk

To find world-writable files, run the following command for each local partition [PART], excluding special filesystems such as /selinux, /proc, or /sys: # find [PART] -xdev -type f -perm -002 If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55665r1_fix

It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write access to a file when it is discovered. However, check with documentation for specific applications before making changes. Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be symptoms of a misconfigured application or user account.

b
The system must have a host-based intrusion detection tool installed.
SI-4 - Medium - CCI-001259 - V-50875 - SV-65081r3_rule
RMF Control
SI-4
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001259
Version
OL6-00-000285
Vuln IDs
  • V-50875
Rule IDs
  • SV-65081r3_rule
Adding host-based intrusion detection tools can provide the capability to automatically take actions in response to malicious behavior, which can provide additional agility in reacting to network threats. These tools also often include a reporting capability to provide network awareness of system, which may not otherwise exist in an organization's systems management regime.
Checks: C-53347r2_chk

Ask the SA or ISSO if a host-based intrusion detection application is loaded on the system. Per OPORD 16-0080 the preferred intrusion detection system is McAfee HBSS available through Cybercom. If another host-based intrusion detection application is in use, such as SELinux, this must be documented and approved by the local Authorizing Official. Procedure: Examine the system to see if the Host Intrusion Prevention System (HIPS) is installed: # rpm -qa | grep MFEhiplsm Verify that the McAfee HIPS module is active on the system: # ps -ef | grep -i “hipclient” If the MFEhiplsm package is not installed, check for another intrusion detection system: # find / -name &lt;daemon name&gt; Where &lt;daemon name&gt; is the name of the primary application daemon to determine if the application is loaded on the system. Determine if the application is active on the system: # ps -ef | grep -i &lt;daemon name&gt; If the MFEhiplsm package is not installed and an alternate host-based intrusion detection application has not been documented for use, this is a finding. If no host-based intrusion detection system is installed and running on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55669r3_fix

Install and enable the latest McAfee HIPS package, available from Cybercom. If the system does not support the McAfee HIPS package, install and enable a supported intrusion detection system application and document its use with the Authorizing Official.

c
The x86 Ctrl-Alt-Delete key sequence must be disabled.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-50877 - SV-65083r4_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000286
Vuln IDs
  • V-50877
Rule IDs
  • SV-65083r4_rule
A locally logged-on user who presses Ctrl-Alt-Delete, when at the console, can reboot the system. If accidentally pressed, as could happen in the case of mixed OS environment, this can create the risk of short-term loss of availability of systems due to unintentional reboot. In the GNOME graphical environment, risk of unintentional reboot from the Ctrl-Alt-Delete sequence is reduced because the user will be prompted before any action is taken.
Checks: C-53349r4_chk

To ensure the system is configured to log a message instead of rebooting the system when “Ctrl-Alt-Delete” is pressed, ensure the following line is in "/etc/init/control-alt-delete.override": exec /usr/bin/logger -p authpriv.notice "Ctrl-Alt-Delete pressed" If the system is not configured to block the shutdown command when “Ctrl-Alt-Delete” is pressed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55671r3_fix

By default, the system includes the following line in "/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf" to reboot the system when the “Ctrl-Alt-Delete” key sequence is pressed: exec /sbin/shutdown -r now "Ctrl-Alt-Delete pressed" To configure the system to log a message instead of rebooting the system, add the following line to "/etc/init/control-alt-delete.override" to read as follows: exec /usr/bin/logger -p authpriv.notice "Ctrl-Alt-Delete pressed"

a
The postfix service must be enabled for mail delivery.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50879 - SV-65085r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000287
Vuln IDs
  • V-50879
Rule IDs
  • SV-65085r1_rule
Local mail delivery is essential to some system maintenance and notification tasks.
Checks: C-53351r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "postfix" service: # service postfix status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: postfix is running... If the service is not enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55673r1_fix

The Postfix mail transfer agent is used for local mail delivery within the system. The default configuration only listens for connections to the default SMTP port (port 25) on the loopback interface (127.0.0.1). It is recommended to leave this service enabled for local mail delivery. The "postfix" service can be enabled with the following command: # chkconfig postfix on # service postfix start

b
The sendmail package must be removed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50881 - SV-65087r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000288
Vuln IDs
  • V-50881
Rule IDs
  • SV-65087r1_rule
The sendmail software was not developed with security in mind and its design prevents it from being effectively contained by SELinux. Postfix should be used instead.
Checks: C-53353r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "sendmail" package is installed: # rpm -q sendmail If the package is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55675r1_fix

Sendmail is not the default mail transfer agent and is not installed by default. The "sendmail" package can be removed with the following command: # yum erase sendmail

a
The netconsole service must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-50883 - SV-65089r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000289
Vuln IDs
  • V-50883
Rule IDs
  • SV-65089r1_rule
The "netconsole" service is not necessary unless there is a need to debug kernel panics, which is not common.
Checks: C-53355r1_chk

To check that the "netconsole" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "netconsole" --list Output should indicate the "netconsole" service has either not been installed, or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "netconsole" --list "netconsole" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off Run the following command to verify "netconsole" is disabled through current runtime configuration: # service netconsole status If the service is disabled the command will return the following output: netconsole is stopped If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55677r1_fix

The "netconsole" service is responsible for loading the netconsole kernel module, which logs kernel printk messages over UDP to a syslog server. This allows debugging of problems where disk logging fails and serial consoles are impractical. The "netconsole" service can be disabled with the following commands: # chkconfig netconsole off # service netconsole stop

b
X Windows must not be enabled unless required.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-50885 - SV-65091r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
OL6-00-000290
Vuln IDs
  • V-50885
Rule IDs
  • SV-65091r1_rule
Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system.
Checks: C-53357r1_chk

To verify the default runlevel is 3, run the following command: # grep initdefault /etc/inittab The output should show the following: id:3:initdefault: If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55679r1_fix

Setting the system's runlevel to 3 will prevent automatic startup of the X server. To do so, ensure the following line in "/etc/inittab" features a "3" as shown: id:3:initdefault:

a
The xorg-x11-server-common (X Windows) package must not be installed, unless required.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50887 - SV-65093r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000291
Vuln IDs
  • V-50887
Rule IDs
  • SV-65093r1_rule
Unnecessary packages should not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system.
Checks: C-53359r1_chk

To ensure the X Windows package group is removed, run the following command: $ rpm -qi xorg-x11-server-common The output should be: package xorg-x11-server-common is not installed If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55681r1_fix

Removing all packages which constitute the X Window System ensures users or malicious software cannot start X. To do so, run the following command: # yum groupremove "X Window System"

b
The DHCP client must be disabled if not needed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50889 - SV-65095r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000292
Vuln IDs
  • V-50889
Rule IDs
  • SV-65095r1_rule
DHCP relies on trusting the local network. If the local network is not trusted, then it should not be used. However, the automatic configuration provided by DHCP is commonly used and the alternative, manual configuration, presents an unacceptable burden in many circumstances.
Checks: C-53361r1_chk

To verify that DHCP is not being used, examine the following file for each interface. # /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-[IFACE] If there is any network interface without a associated "ifcfg" file, this is a finding. Look for the following: BOOTPROTO=none Also verify the following, substituting the appropriate values based on your site's addressing scheme: NETMASK=[local LAN netmask] IPADDR=[assigned IP address] GATEWAY=[local LAN default gateway] If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55683r1_fix

For each interface [IFACE] on the system (e.g. eth0), edit "/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-[IFACE]" and make the following changes. Correct the BOOTPROTO line to read: BOOTPROTO=none Add or correct the following lines, substituting the appropriate values based on your site's addressing scheme: NETMASK=[local LAN netmask] IPADDR=[assigned IP address] GATEWAY=[local LAN default gateway]

b
The operating system must connect to external networks or information systems only through managed IPv4 interfaces consisting of boundary protection devices arranged in accordance with an organizational security architecture.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001098 - V-50903 - SV-65109r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001098
Version
OL6-00-000116
Vuln IDs
  • V-50903
Rule IDs
  • SV-65109r2_rule
The "iptables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv4 and ICMP.
Checks: C-53363r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "iptables" service: # service iptables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: iptables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55697r1_fix

The "iptables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig iptables on # service iptables start

a
Users must be warned 7 days in advance of password expiration.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50907 - SV-65113r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000054
Vuln IDs
  • V-50907
Rule IDs
  • SV-65113r1_rule
Setting the password warning age enables users to make the change at a practical time.
Checks: C-53365r1_chk

To check the password warning age, run the command: $ grep PASS_WARN_AGE /etc/login.defs The DoD requirement is 7. If it is not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55701r1_fix

To specify how many days prior to password expiration that a warning will be issued to users, edit the file "/etc/login.defs" and add or correct the following line, replacing [DAYS] appropriately: PASS_WARN_AGE [DAYS] The DoD requirement is 7.

a
The system must require passwords to contain at least one numeric character.
IA-5 - Low - CCI-000194 - V-50911 - SV-65117r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000194
Version
OL6-00-000056
Vuln IDs
  • V-50911
Rule IDs
  • SV-65117r2_rule
Requiring digits makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.
Checks: C-53367r3_chk

To check how many digits are required in a password, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The "dcredit" parameter (as a negative number) will indicate how many digits are required. The DoD requires at least one digit in a password. This would appear as "dcredit=-1". If the “dcredit” parameter is not found or not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55707r2_fix

The pam_cracklib module's "dcredit" parameter controls requirements for usage of digits in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many digits. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each digit. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "dcredit=-1" after pam_cracklib.so to require use of a digit in passwords.

a
The system must require passwords to contain at least one uppercase alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Low - CCI-000192 - V-50913 - SV-65119r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000192
Version
OL6-00-000057
Vuln IDs
  • V-50913
Rule IDs
  • SV-65119r2_rule
Requiring a minimum number of uppercase characters makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.
Checks: C-53369r3_chk

To check how many uppercase characters are required in a password, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The "ucredit" parameter (as a negative number) will indicate how many uppercase characters are required. The DoD requires at least one uppercase character in a password. This would appear as "ucredit=-1". If the “ucredit” parameter is not found or not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55709r3_fix

The pam_cracklib module's "ucredit=" parameter controls requirements for usage of uppercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many uppercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each uppercase character. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "ucredit=-1" after pam_cracklib.so to require use of an uppercase character in passwords.

a
The system must require passwords to contain at least one special character.
IA-5 - Low - CCI-001619 - V-50915 - SV-65121r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001619
Version
OL6-00-000058
Vuln IDs
  • V-50915
Rule IDs
  • SV-65121r2_rule
Requiring a minimum number of special characters makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.
Checks: C-53371r2_chk

To check how many special characters are required in a password, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The "ocredit" parameter (as a negative number) will indicate how many special characters are required. The DoD requires at least one special character in a password. This would appear as "ocredit=-1". If the “ocredit” parameter is not found or not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55711r2_fix

The pam_cracklib module's "ocredit=" parameter controls requirements for usage of special (or ``other'') characters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many special characters. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each special character. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "ocredit=-1" after pam_cracklib.so to require use of a special character in passwords.

a
The system must require passwords to contain at least one lower-case alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Low - CCI-000193 - V-50917 - SV-65123r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000193
Version
OL6-00-000059
Vuln IDs
  • V-50917
Rule IDs
  • SV-65123r3_rule
Requiring a minimum number of lowercase characters makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.
Checks: C-53373r3_chk

To check how many lower-case characters are required in a password, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The "lcredit" parameter (as a negative number) will indicate how many lower-case characters are required. The DoD requires at least one lower-case character in a password. This would appear as "lcredit=-1". If the “lcredit” parameter is not found or not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55713r3_fix

The pam_cracklib module's "lcredit=" parameter controls requirements for usage of lower-case letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many lower-case characters. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "lcredit=-1" after pam_cracklib.so to require use of a lower-case character in passwords.

a
The system must require at least eight characters be changed between the old and new passwords during a password change.
IA-5 - Low - CCI-000195 - V-50919 - SV-65125r3_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000195
Version
OL6-00-000060
Vuln IDs
  • V-50919
Rule IDs
  • SV-65125r3_rule
Requiring a minimum number of different characters during password changes ensures that newly changed passwords should not resemble previously compromised ones. Note: Passwords which are changed on compromised systems will still be compromised.
Checks: C-53375r3_chk

To check how many characters must differ during a password change, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The "difok" parameter will indicate how many characters must differ. The DoD requires eight characters differ during a password change. This would appear as "difok=8". If the “difok” parameter is not found or not set to the required value, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55715r3_fix

The pam_cracklib module's "difok" parameter controls requirements for usage of different characters during a password change. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "difok=[NUM]" after pam_cracklib.so to require differing characters when changing passwords, substituting [NUM] appropriately. The DoD requirement is “8”.

b
The system must disable accounts after three consecutive unsuccessful logon attempts.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-000044 - V-50921 - SV-65127r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000044
Version
OL6-00-000061
Vuln IDs
  • V-50921
Rule IDs
  • SV-65127r3_rule
Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts prevents direct password guessing attacks.
Checks: C-53377r3_chk

To ensure the failed password attempt policy is configured correctly, run the following command: # grep pam_faillock /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth The output should show "deny=3" for both files. If that is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55719r3_fix

To configure the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect logon attempts using "pam_faillock.so", modify the content of both "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" as follows: Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately after the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "AUTH" section: auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=604800 fail_interval=900 Add the following line immediately before the "pam_unix.so" statement in the "ACCOUNT" section: account required pam_faillock.so Note that any updates made to "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" may be overwritten by the "authconfig" program. The "authconfig" program should not be used.

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2-approved cryptographic hashing algorithm for generating account password hashes (system-auth).
IA-7 - Medium - CCI-000803 - V-50923 - SV-65129r4_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
OL6-00-000062
Vuln IDs
  • V-50923
Rule IDs
  • SV-65129r4_rule
Using a stronger hashing algorithm makes password-cracking attacks more difficult.
Checks: C-53379r4_chk

Inspect the "password" section of "/etc/pam.d/system-auth", "/etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac", "/etc/pam.d/password-auth", "/etc/pam.d/password-auth-ac", and other files in "/etc/pam.d" to identify the number of occurrences where the “pam_unix.so” module is used in the “password” section. $ grep -E -c 'password.*pam_unix.so' /etc/pam.d/* /etc/pam.d/atd:0 /etc/pam.d/config-util:0 /etc/pam.d/crond:0 /etc/pam.d/login:0 /etc/pam.d/other:0 /etc/pam.d/passwd:0 /etc/pam.d/password-auth:1 /etc/pam.d/password-auth-ac:1 /etc/pam.d/sshd:0 /etc/pam.d/su:0 /etc/pam.d/sudo:0 /etc/pam.d/system-auth:1 /etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac:1 /etc/pam.d/vlock:0 Note: The number adjacent to the file name indicates how many occurrences of the “pam_unix.so” module are found in the password section. If the “pam_unix.so” module is not defined in the “password” section of “/etc/pam.d/system-auth”, “/etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac”, “/etc/pam.d/password-auth”, and “/etc/pam.d/password-auth-ac” at a minimum, this is a finding. Verify that the “sha512” variable is used with each instance of the “pam_unix.so” module in the “password” section: $ grep password /etc/pam.d/* | grep pam_unix.so | grep sha512 /etc/pam.d/password-auth:password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512 [other arguments…] /etc/pam.d/password-auth-ac:password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512 [other arguments…] /etc/pam.d/system-auth:password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512 [other arguments…] /etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac:password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512 [other arguments…] If this list of files does not coincide with the previous command, this is a finding. If any of the identified “pam_unix.so” modules do not use the “sha512” variable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55721r4_fix

In "/etc/pam.d/system-auth”, "/etc/pam.d/system-auth-ac", “/etc/pam.d/password-auth”, and “/etc/pam.d/password-auth-ac”, among potentially other files, the "password" section of the files control which PAM modules execute during a password change. Set the "pam_unix.so" module in the "password" section to include the argument "sha512", as shown below: password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512 [other arguments...] This will help ensure when local users change their passwords, hashes for the new passwords will be generated using the SHA-512 algorithm. This is the default. Note: Any updates made to "/etc/pam.d/system-auth" and "/etc/pam.d/password-auth" will be overwritten by the "authconfig" program. The "authconfig" program should not be used.

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm for generating account password hashes (login.defs).
IA-7 - Medium - CCI-000803 - V-50927 - SV-65133r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
OL6-00-000063
Vuln IDs
  • V-50927
Rule IDs
  • SV-65133r1_rule
Using a stronger hashing algorithm makes password cracking attacks more difficult.
Checks: C-53381r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/login.defs" and ensure the following line appears: ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512 If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55723r1_fix

In "/etc/login.defs", add or correct the following line to ensure the system will use SHA-512 as the hashing algorithm: ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512

b
The system boot loader configuration file(s) must be owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50933 - SV-65139r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000065
Vuln IDs
  • V-50933
Rule IDs
  • SV-65139r2_rule
Only root should be able to modify important boot parameters.
Checks: C-53387r2_chk

To check the ownership of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: $ ls -lL /boot/grub/grub.conf If properly configured, the output should indicate that the owner is "root". If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55733r3_fix

The file "/boot/grub/grub.conf" should be owned by the "root" user to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: # chown root /boot/grub/grub.conf

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm for generating account password hashes (libuser.conf).
IA-7 - Medium - CCI-000803 - V-50937 - SV-65143r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
OL6-00-000064
Vuln IDs
  • V-50937
Rule IDs
  • SV-65143r1_rule
Using a stronger hashing algorithm makes password cracking attacks more difficult.
Checks: C-53389r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/libuser.conf" and ensure the following line appears in the "[default]" section: crypt_style = sha512 If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55737r1_fix

In "/etc/libuser.conf", add or correct the following line in its "[defaults]" section to ensure the system will use the SHA-512 algorithm for password hashing: crypt_style = sha512

b
The system boot loader configuration file(s) must be group-owned by root.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50939 - SV-65145r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000066
Vuln IDs
  • V-50939
Rule IDs
  • SV-65145r3_rule
The "root" group is a highly-privileged group. Furthermore, the group-owner of this file should not have any access privileges anyway.
Checks: C-53391r3_chk

To check the group ownership of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: $ ls -lL /boot/grub/grub.conf If properly configured, the output should indicate the group-owner is "root". If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55741r2_fix

The file "/boot/grub/grub.conf" should be group-owned by the "root" group to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: # chgrp root /boot/grub/grub.conf

b
The system boot loader configuration file(s) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50943 - SV-65149r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000067
Vuln IDs
  • V-50943
Rule IDs
  • SV-65149r3_rule
Proper permissions ensure that only the root user can modify important boot parameters.
Checks: C-53393r3_chk

To check the permissions of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: $ sudo ls -lL /boot/grub/grub.conf If properly configured, the output should indicate the following permissions: "-rw-------" If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55743r3_fix

File permissions for "/boot/grub/grub.conf" should be set to 600, which is the default. To properly set the permissions of "/boot/grub/grub.conf", run the command: # chmod 600 /boot/grub/grub.conf Boot partitions based on VFAT, NTFS, or other non-standard configurations may require alternative measures.

b
The system boot loader must require authentication.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-50945 - SV-65151r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
OL6-00-000068
Vuln IDs
  • V-50945
Rule IDs
  • SV-65151r3_rule
Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures users with physical access cannot trivially alter important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use, and whether to enter single-user mode.
Checks: C-53397r3_chk

To verify the boot loader password has been set and encrypted, run the following command: # grep password /boot/grub/grub.conf The output should show the following: password --encrypted $6$[rest-of-the-password-hash] If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55745r2_fix

The grub boot loader should have password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings. To do so, select a password and then generate a hash from it by running the following command: # grub-crypt --sha-512 When prompted to enter a password, insert the following line into "/boot/grub/grub.conf" immediately after the header comments. (Use the output from "grub-crypt" as the value of [password-hash]): password --encrypted [password-hash]

b
The system must require authentication upon booting into single-user and maintenance modes.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-50947 - SV-65153r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
OL6-00-000069
Vuln IDs
  • V-50947
Rule IDs
  • SV-65153r1_rule
This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented by configuring the bootloader password.
Checks: C-53399r1_chk

To check if authentication is required for single-user mode, run the following command: $ grep SINGLE /etc/sysconfig/init The output should be the following: SINGLE=/sbin/sulogin If the output is different, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55749r1_fix

Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system by providing a boot option at startup. By default, no authentication is performed if single-user mode is selected. To require entry of the root password even if the system is started in single-user mode, add or correct the following line in the file "/etc/sysconfig/init": SINGLE=/sbin/sulogin

b
The system must not permit interactive boot.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-50951 - SV-65157r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
OL6-00-000070
Vuln IDs
  • V-50951
Rule IDs
  • SV-65157r1_rule
Using interactive boot, the console user could disable auditing, firewalls, or other services, weakening system security.
Checks: C-53401r1_chk

To check whether interactive boot is disabled, run the following command: $ grep PROMPT /etc/sysconfig/init If interactive boot is disabled, the output will show: PROMPT=no If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55751r1_fix

To disable the ability for users to perform interactive startups, edit the file "/etc/sysconfig/init". Add or correct the line: PROMPT=no The "PROMPT" option allows the console user to perform an interactive system startup, in which it is possible to select the set of services which are started on boot.

a
The system must allow locking of the console screen in text mode.
AC-11 - Low - CCI-000058 - V-50953 - SV-65159r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000058
Version
OL6-00-000071
Vuln IDs
  • V-50953
Rule IDs
  • SV-65159r1_rule
Installing "screen" ensures a console locking capability is available for users who may need to suspend console logins.
Checks: C-53403r1_chk

Run the following command to determine if the "screen" package is installed: # rpm -q screen If the package is not installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55755r1_fix

To enable console screen locking when in text mode, install the "screen" package: # yum install screen Instruct users to begin new terminal sessions with the following command: $ screen The console can now be locked with the following key combination: ctrl+a x

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, console login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-001384 - V-50955 - SV-65161r4_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001384
Version
OL6-00-000073
Vuln IDs
  • V-50955
Rule IDs
  • SV-65161r4_rule
An appropriate warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers.
Checks: C-53405r2_chk

To check if the system login banner is compliant, run the following command: $ cat /etc/issue Note: The full text banner must be implemented unless there are character limitations that prevent the display of the full DoD logon banner. If the required DoD logon banner is not displayed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55757r3_fix

To configure the system login banner: Edit "/etc/issue". Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." If the device cannot support the full DoD logon banner due to character limitations, the following text can be used: "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

b
The system must implement virtual address space randomization.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50957 - SV-65163r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000078
Vuln IDs
  • V-50957
Rule IDs
  • SV-65163r2_rule
Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an attacker to predict the location of attack code he or she has introduced into a process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally, ASLR also makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of existing code in order to repurpose it using return oriented programming (ROP) techniques.
Checks: C-53409r2_chk

The status of the "kernel.randomize_va_space" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following commands: $ sysctl kernel.randomize_va_space $ grep kernel.randomize_va_space /etc/sysctl.conf The output of the command should indicate a value of at least "1" (preferably "2"). If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55759r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "kernel.randomize_va_space" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": kernel.randomize_va_space = 2

b
The system must limit the ability of processes to have simultaneous write and execute access to memory.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50959 - SV-65165r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000079
Vuln IDs
  • V-50959
Rule IDs
  • SV-65165r3_rule
A common type of exploit is the stack buffer overflow. An application receives from an attacker more data than it is prepared for and stores this information on its stack, writing beyond the space reserved for it. This can be designed to cause execution of the data written on the stack. One mechanism to mitigate this vulnerability is for the system to not allow the execution of instructions in sections of memory identified as part of the stack.
Checks: C-53413r3_chk

If the system being evaluated is running a Red Hat-compatible operating system kernel, check that the "kernel.exec-shield" kernel parameter is set to "1" in /etc/sysctl.conf. If the system is running an Oracle Unbreakable Enterprise kernel, verify that Oracle's Data Execution Prevention is enabled. First, determine if the system is operating an Oracle Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel (UEK): # uname -r | grep uek If no value is returned, the system is running a Red Hat-compatible kernel. Verify that the "kernel.exec-shield" kernel parameter is set to "1" in the running kernel and /etc/sysctl.conf: # sysctl kernel.exec-shield # grep ^kernel\.exec-shield /etc/sysctl.conf | awk -F= '{ print $2 }' kernel.exec-shield = 1 If there is no value returned, or if a value is returned that is not "1", this is a finding. If the system was found to be running an Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel, verify that DEP is enabled: # dmesg | grep 'NX.*protection:' If there is no value returned, or if a value is returned that is not "NX (Execute Disable) protection: active", this is a finding. Note that this is not a finding when the underlying processor architecture does not support the "Execute Disable" (NX) capability. To determine if the processor supports the NX capability, run the following: # grep nx /proc/cpuinfo If there is no value returned, this is not applicable.

Fix: F-55763r1_fix

If the system being evaluated is running a Red Hat-compatible operating system kernel, then ensure that the "kernel.exec-shield" kernel parameter is set to "1". If the system is running an Oracle Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel, this parameter does not exist. When an Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel is booted, Oracle's Data Execution Prevention (DEP) feature will leverage the hardware-enforced NX (never execute) bit of compatible CPUs to protect against code being executed from the stack. By default, DEP is enabled. If DEP is not enabled, ensure that the string "noexec=off" does not appear in /boot/grub/grub.conf. First, determine if the system is operating an Oracle Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel (UEK): # uname -r | grep uek If no value is returned, the system is running a Red Hat-compatible kernel. Edit (or add if necessary) the entry in /etc/sysctl.conf for the "kernel.exec-shield" kernel parameter. Ensure that this parameter is set to "1" as in: kernel.exec-shield = 1 If this was not already the default, reboot the system for the change to take effect. If the system was found to be running an Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel, then ensure that the string "noexec=off" is not found in /boot/grub/grub.conf: # grep noexec=off /boot/grub/grub.conf If found, remove the offending kernels from /boot/grub/grub.conf.

b
The system must not send ICMPv4 redirects by default.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50961 - SV-65167r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000080
Vuln IDs
  • V-50961
Rule IDs
  • SV-65167r2_rule
Sending ICMP redirects permits the system to instruct other systems to update their routing information. The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.
Checks: C-53415r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55767r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0

b
The system must not send ICMPv4 redirects from any interface.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50963 - SV-65169r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000081
Vuln IDs
  • V-50963
Rule IDs
  • SV-65169r2_rule
Sending ICMP redirects permits the system to instruct other systems to update their routing information. The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.
Checks: C-53417r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55769r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0

b
IP forwarding for IPv4 must not be enabled, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50967 - SV-65173r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000082
Vuln IDs
  • V-50967
Rule IDs
  • SV-65173r2_rule
IP forwarding permits the kernel to forward packets from one network interface to another. The ability to forward packets between two networks is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.
Checks: C-53419r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.ip_forward" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.ip_forward The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.ip_forward /etc/sysctl.conf The ability to forward packets is only appropriate for routers. If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55771r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.ip_forward" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0

b
The system must not accept IPv4 source-routed packets on any interface.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50969 - SV-65175r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000083
Vuln IDs
  • V-50969
Rule IDs
  • SV-65175r2_rule
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53421r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55773r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0

b
The system must not accept ICMPv4 redirect packets on any interface.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-50971 - SV-65177r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000084
Vuln IDs
  • V-50971
Rule IDs
  • SV-65177r2_rule
Accepting ICMP redirects has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.
Checks: C-53423r2_chk

The status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects" kernel parameter can be queried by running the following command: $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects The output of the command should indicate a value of "0". If this value is not the default value, investigate how it could have been adjusted at runtime, and verify it is not set improperly in "/etc/sysctl.conf". $ grep net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects /etc/sysctl.conf If the correct value is not returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55775r1_fix

To set the runtime status of the "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects" kernel parameter, run the following command: # sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0 If this is not the system's default value, add the following line to "/etc/sysctl.conf": net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0

a
All GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd must be defined in /etc/group.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50973 - SV-65179r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000294
Vuln IDs
  • V-50973
Rule IDs
  • SV-65179r2_rule
Inconsistency in GIDs between /etc/passwd and /etc/group could lead to a user having unintended rights.
Checks: C-53425r2_chk

To ensure all GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd are defined in /etc/group, run the following command: # pwck -r | grep 'no group' There should be no output. If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55779r1_fix

Add a group to the system for each GID referenced without a corresponding group.

b
The operating system must prevent public IPv4 access into an organizations internal networks, except as appropriately mediated by managed interfaces employing boundary protection devices.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001100 - V-50979 - SV-65185r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001100
Version
OL6-00-000117
Vuln IDs
  • V-50979
Rule IDs
  • SV-65185r2_rule
The "iptables" service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv4 and ICMP.
Checks: C-53427r2_chk

If the system is a cross-domain system, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine the current status of the "iptables" service: # service iptables status If the service is not running, it should return the following: iptables: Firewall is not running. If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55785r1_fix

The "iptables" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig iptables on # service iptables start

a
All accounts on the system must have unique user or account names.
IA-8 - Low - CCI-000804 - V-50985 - SV-65191r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-8
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000804
Version
OL6-00-000296
Vuln IDs
  • V-50985
Rule IDs
  • SV-65191r1_rule
Unique usernames allow for accountability on the system.
Checks: C-53431r1_chk

Run the following command to check for duplicate account names: # pwck -rq If there are no duplicate names, no line will be returned. If a line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55791r1_fix

Change usernames, or delete accounts, so each has a unique name.

b
The systems local IPv4 firewall must implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy for inbound packets.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000066 - V-50987 - SV-65193r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000066
Version
OL6-00-000120
Vuln IDs
  • V-50987
Rule IDs
  • SV-65193r1_rule
In "iptables" the default policy is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default policy to "DROP" implements proper design for a firewall, i.e., any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.
Checks: C-53429r1_chk

Inspect the file "/etc/sysconfig/iptables" to determine the default policy for the INPUT chain. It should be set to DROP. # grep ":INPUT" /etc/sysconfig/iptables If the default policy for the INPUT chain is not set to DROP, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55789r1_fix

To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in "/etc/sysconfig/iptables": :INPUT DROP [0:0]

b
The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-50989 - SV-65195r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000124
Vuln IDs
  • V-50989
Rule IDs
  • SV-65195r2_rule
Disabling DCCP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.
Checks: C-53435r2_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "dccp" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": grep -r dccp /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55795r1_fix

The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is a relatively new transport layer protocol, designed to support streaming media and telephony. To configure the system to prevent the "dccp" kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory "/etc/modprobe.d": install dccp /bin/true

a
Temporary accounts must be provisioned with an expiration date.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000016 - V-50991 - SV-65197r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000016
Version
OL6-00-000297
Vuln IDs
  • V-50991
Rule IDs
  • SV-65197r1_rule
When temporary accounts are created, there is a risk they may remain in place and active after the need for them no longer exists. Account expiration greatly reduces the risk of accounts being misused or hijacked.
Checks: C-53433r1_chk

For every temporary account, run the following command to obtain its account aging and expiration information: # chage -l [USER] Verify each of these accounts has an expiration date set as documented. If any temporary accounts have no expiration date set or do not expire within a documented time frame, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55793r1_fix

In the event temporary accounts are required, configure the system to terminate them after a documented time period. For every temporary account, run the following command to set an expiration date on it, substituting "[USER]" and "[YYYY-MM-DD]" appropriately: # chage -E [YYYY-MM-DD] [USER] "[YYYY-MM-DD]" indicates the documented expiration date for the account.

a
Emergency accounts must be provisioned with an expiration date.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001682 - V-50993 - SV-65199r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001682
Version
OL6-00-000298
Vuln IDs
  • V-50993
Rule IDs
  • SV-65199r1_rule
When emergency accounts are created, there is a risk they may remain in place and active after the need for them no longer exists. Account expiration greatly reduces the risk of accounts being misused or hijacked.
Checks: C-53437r1_chk

For every emergency account, run the following command to obtain its account aging and expiration information: # chage -l [USER] Verify each of these accounts has an expiration date set as documented. If any emergency accounts have no expiration date set or do not expire within a documented time frame, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55797r1_fix

In the event emergency accounts are required, configure the system to terminate them after a documented time period. For every emergency account, run the following command to set an expiration date on it, substituting "[USER]" and "[YYYY-MM-DD]" appropriately: # chage -E [YYYY-MM-DD] [USER] "[YYYY-MM-DD]" indicates the documented expiration date for the account.

a
The system must require passwords to contain no more than three consecutive repeating characters.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-50995 - SV-65201r4_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000299
Vuln IDs
  • V-50995
Rule IDs
  • SV-65201r4_rule
Passwords with excessive repeating characters may be more vulnerable to password-guessing attacks.
Checks: C-53441r3_chk

To check the maximum value for consecutive repeating characters, run the following command: $ grep pam_cracklib /etc/pam.d/system-auth /etc/pam.d/password-auth Look for the value of the "maxrepeat" parameter. The DoD requirement is “3”. If "maxrepeat" is not found, is set to zero, or is set to a value greater than “3”, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55801r4_fix

The pam_cracklib module's ”maxrepeat” parameter controls requirements for consecutive repeating characters. When set to a positive number, it will reject passwords that contain more than the number of consecutive characters. Edit /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth adding "maxrepeat=3" after pam_cracklib.so to prevent a run of (3 + 1) or more identical characters. password required pam_cracklib.so maxrepeat=3

b
The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-50997 - SV-65203r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000125
Vuln IDs
  • V-50997
Rule IDs
  • SV-65203r2_rule
Disabling SCTP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.
Checks: C-53439r2_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "sctp" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r sctp /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55799r1_fix

The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages within one connection. To configure the system to prevent the "sctp" kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory "/etc/modprobe.d": install sctp /bin/true

a
The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-000382 - V-51001 - SV-65207r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000126
Vuln IDs
  • V-51001
Rule IDs
  • SV-65207r1_rule
Disabling RDS protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.
Checks: C-53443r1_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "rds" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module-loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r rds /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d If no line is returned, this is a finding. This is not a finding if the RDS service is required for proper system or application operation. Oracle Engineered Systems such as Exadata use the RDS service for InfiniBand-based communication with storage services.

Fix: F-55805r1_fix

The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol is a transport layer protocol designed to provide reliable high- bandwidth, low-latency communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the "rds" kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory "/etc/modprobe.d": install rds /bin/true

b
The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-51005 - SV-65211r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
OL6-00-000127
Vuln IDs
  • V-51005
Rule IDs
  • SV-65211r2_rule
Disabling TIPC protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.
Checks: C-53447r2_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "tipc" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r tipc /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55809r1_fix

The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol is designed to provide communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the "tipc" kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory "/etc/modprobe.d": install tipc /bin/true

b
All rsyslog-generated log files must be owned by root.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-51007 - SV-65213r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
OL6-00-000133
Vuln IDs
  • V-51007
Rule IDs
  • SV-65213r2_rule
The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be protected from unauthorized access.
Checks: C-53449r2_chk

The owner of all log files written by "rsyslog" should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and typically all appear in "/var/log". To see the owner of a given log file, run the following command: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] Some log files referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf may be created by other programs and may require exclusion from consideration. If the owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55811r1_fix

The owner of all log files written by "rsyslog" should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" typically all appear in "/var/log". For each log file [LOGFILE] referenced in "/etc/rsyslog.conf", run the following command to inspect the file's owner: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] If the owner is not "root", run the following command to correct this: # chown root [LOGFILE]

b
All rsyslog-generated log files must be group-owned by root.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-51009 - SV-65215r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
OL6-00-000134
Vuln IDs
  • V-51009
Rule IDs
  • SV-65215r2_rule
The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be protected from unauthorized access.
Checks: C-53451r2_chk

The group-owner of all log files written by "rsyslog" should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and typically all appear in "/var/log". To see the group-owner of a given log file, run the following command: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] Some log files referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf may be created by other programs and may require exclusion from consideration. If the group-owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55813r1_fix

The group-owner of all log files written by "rsyslog" should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and typically all appear in "/var/log". For each log file [LOGFILE] referenced in "/etc/rsyslog.conf", run the following command to inspect the file's group owner: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] If the owner is not "root", run the following command to correct this: # chgrp root [LOGFILE]

b
A file integrity tool must be used at least weekly to check for unauthorized file changes, particularly the addition of unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or for unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000374 - V-51011 - SV-65217r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000374
Version
OL6-00-000302
Vuln IDs
  • V-51011
Rule IDs
  • SV-65217r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53453r3_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, or if aide is not run at least weekly, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55815r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
All rsyslog-generated log files must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-51013 - SV-65219r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
OL6-00-000135
Vuln IDs
  • V-51013
Rule IDs
  • SV-65219r2_rule
Log files can contain valuable information regarding system configuration. If the system log files are not protected, unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating their forensic value.
Checks: C-53455r2_chk

The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should be set to 600, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and typically all appear in "/var/log". For each log file [LOGFILE] referenced in "/etc/rsyslog.conf", run the following command to inspect the file's permissions: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] The permissions should be 600, or more restrictive. Some log files referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf may be created by other programs and may require exclusion from consideration. If the permissions are not correct, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55817r1_fix

The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should be set to 600, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and typically all appear in "/var/log". For each log file [LOGFILE] referenced in "/etc/rsyslog.conf", run the following command to inspect the file's permissions: $ ls -l [LOGFILE] If the permissions are not 600 or more restrictive, run the following command to correct this: # chmod 0600 [LOGFILE]

b
The operating system must back up audit records on an organization defined frequency onto a different system or media than the system being audited.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-001348 - V-51015 - SV-65221r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001348
Version
OL6-00-000136
Vuln IDs
  • V-51015
Rule IDs
  • SV-65221r1_rule
A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise.
Checks: C-53457r1_chk

To ensure logs are sent to a remote host, examine the file "/etc/rsyslog.conf". If using UDP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* @[loghost.example.com] If using TCP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* @@[loghost.example.com] If using RELP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* :omrelp:[loghost.example.com] If none of these are present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55819r1_fix

To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting "[loghost.example.com]" appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments. To use UDP for log message delivery: *.* @[loghost.example.com] To use TCP for log message delivery: *.* @@[loghost.example.com] To use RELP for log message delivery: *.* :omrelp:[loghost.example.com]

b
The operating system must employ automated mechanisms, per organization defined frequency, to detect the addition of unauthorized components/devices into the operating system.
CM-8 - Medium - CCI-000416 - V-51017 - SV-65223r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000416
Version
OL6-00-000303
Vuln IDs
  • V-51017
Rule IDs
  • SV-65223r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53459r2_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55821r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
The operating system must support the requirement to centrally manage the content of audit records generated by organization defined information system components.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000169 - V-51019 - SV-65225r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000137
Vuln IDs
  • V-51019
Rule IDs
  • SV-65225r1_rule
A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise.
Checks: C-53461r1_chk

To ensure logs are sent to a remote host, examine the file "/etc/rsyslog.conf". If using UDP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* @[loghost.example.com] If using TCP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* @@[loghost.example.com] If using RELP, a line similar to the following should be present: *.* :omrelp:[loghost.example.com] If none of these are present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55823r1_fix

To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open "/etc/rsyslog.conf" and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting "[loghost.example.com]" appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments. To use UDP for log message delivery: *.* @[loghost.example.com] To use TCP for log message delivery: *.* @@[loghost.example.com] To use RELP for log message delivery: *.* :omrelp:[loghost.example.com]

a
System logs must be rotated daily.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51021 - SV-65227r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000138
Vuln IDs
  • V-51021
Rule IDs
  • SV-65227r1_rule
Log files that are not properly rotated run the risk of growing so large that they fill up the /var/log partition. Valuable logging information could be lost if the /var/log partition becomes full.
Checks: C-53463r1_chk

Run the following commands to determine the current status of the "logrotate" service: # grep logrotate /var/log/cron* If the logrotate service is not run on a daily basis by cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55825r1_fix

The "logrotate" service should be installed or reinstalled if it is not installed and operating properly, by running the following command: # yum reinstall logrotate

b
The operating system must employ automated mechanisms to detect the presence of unauthorized software on organizational information systems and notify designated organizational officials in accordance with the organization defined frequency.
RA-5 - Medium - CCI-001069 - V-51023 - SV-65229r2_rule
RMF Control
RA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001069
Version
OL6-00-000304
Vuln IDs
  • V-51023
Rule IDs
  • SV-65229r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53465r2_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55829r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
The operating system must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish the identity of any user/subject associated with the event.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-001487 - V-51027 - SV-65233r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001487
Version
OL6-00-000145
Vuln IDs
  • V-51027
Rule IDs
  • SV-65233r1_rule
Ensuring the "auditd" service is active ensures audit records generated by the kernel can be written to disk, or that appropriate actions will be taken if other obstacles exist.
Checks: C-53467r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "auditd" service: # service auditd status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: auditd is running... If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55833r1_fix

The "auditd" service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The "auditd" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig auditd on # service auditd start

b
The operating system must provide a near real-time alert when any of the organization defined list of compromise or potential compromise indicators occurs.
SI-4 - Medium - CCI-001263 - V-51029 - SV-65235r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-4
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001263
Version
OL6-00-000305
Vuln IDs
  • V-51029
Rule IDs
  • SV-65235r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53469r2_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55835r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
The operating system must employ automated mechanisms to facilitate the monitoring and control of remote access methods.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000067 - V-51033 - SV-65239r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000067
Version
OL6-00-000148
Vuln IDs
  • V-51033
Rule IDs
  • SV-65239r1_rule
Ensuring the "auditd" service is active ensures audit records generated by the kernel can be written to disk, or that appropriate actions will be taken if other obstacles exist.
Checks: C-53471r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "auditd" service: # service auditd status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: auditd is running... If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55837r1_fix

The "auditd" service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The "auditd" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig auditd on # service auditd start

b
The operating system must detect unauthorized changes to software and information.
SI-7 - Medium - CCI-001297 - V-51035 - SV-65241r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
OL6-00-000306
Vuln IDs
  • V-51035
Rule IDs
  • SV-65241r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53473r2_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55839r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
The operating system must ensure unauthorized, security-relevant configuration changes detected are tracked.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-001589 - V-51037 - SV-65243r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001589
Version
OL6-00-000307
Vuln IDs
  • V-51037
Rule IDs
  • SV-65243r2_rule
By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE may reveal unexpected changes in installed files.
Checks: C-53475r2_chk

To determine that periodic AIDE execution has been scheduled, run the following command: # grep aide /etc/crontab /etc/cron.*/* If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55843r1_fix

AIDE should be executed on a periodic basis to check for changes. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.

b
The operating system must produce audit records containing sufficient information to establish what type of events occurred.
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000130 - V-51039 - SV-65245r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000130
Version
OL6-00-000154
Vuln IDs
  • V-51039
Rule IDs
  • SV-65245r1_rule
Ensuring the "auditd" service is active ensures audit records generated by the kernel can be written to disk, or that appropriate actions will be taken if other obstacles exist.
Checks: C-53477r1_chk

Run the following command to determine the current status of the "auditd" service: # service auditd status If the service is enabled, it should return the following: auditd is running... If the service is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55845r1_fix

The "auditd" service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The "auditd" service can be enabled with the following commands: # chkconfig auditd on # service auditd start

a
Process core dumps must be disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51041 - SV-65247r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000308
Vuln IDs
  • V-51041
Rule IDs
  • SV-65247r2_rule
A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems.
Checks: C-53479r2_chk

To verify that core dumps are disabled for all users, run the following command: $ grep core /etc/security/limits.conf /etc/security/limits.d/*.conf The output should be: * hard core 0 If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55847r1_fix

To disable core dumps for all users, add the following line to "/etc/security/limits.conf": * hard core 0

b
The system must retain enough rotated audit logs to cover the required log retention period.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-51043 - SV-65249r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000159
Vuln IDs
  • V-51043
Rule IDs
  • SV-65249r1_rule
The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum log file size and the number of logs retained.
Checks: C-53481r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine how many logs the system is configured to retain after rotation: "# grep num_logs /etc/audit/auditd.conf" num_logs = 5 If the overall system log file(s) retention hasn't been properly set up, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55849r1_fix

Determine how many log files "auditd" should retain when it rotates logs. Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Add or modify the following line, substituting [NUMLOGS] with the correct value: num_logs = [NUMLOGS] Set the value to 5 for general-purpose systems. Note that values less than 2 result in no log rotation.

c
The NFS server must not have the insecure file locking option enabled.
IA-2 - High - CCI-000764 - V-51047 - SV-65253r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
OL6-00-000309
Vuln IDs
  • V-51047
Rule IDs
  • SV-65253r1_rule
Allowing insecure file locking could allow for sensitive data to be viewed or edited by an unauthorized user.
Checks: C-53483r1_chk

To verify insecure file locking has been disabled, run the following command: # grep insecure_locks /etc/exports If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55851r1_fix

By default the NFS server requires secure file-lock requests, which require credentials from the client in order to lock a file. Most NFS clients send credentials with file lock requests, however, there are a few clients that do not send credentials when requesting a file-lock, allowing the client to only be able to lock world-readable files. To get around this, the "insecure_locks" option can be used so these clients can access the desired export. This poses a security risk by potentially allowing the client access to data for which it does not have authorization. Remove any instances of the "insecure_locks" option from the file "/etc/exports".

b
The system must set a maximum audit log file size.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-51049 - SV-65255r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000160
Vuln IDs
  • V-51049
Rule IDs
  • SV-65255r1_rule
The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum log file size and the number of logs retained.
Checks: C-53485r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine how much data the system will retain in each audit log file: "# grep max_log_file /etc/audit/auditd.conf" max_log_file = 6 If the system audit data threshold hasn't been properly set up, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55853r1_fix

Determine the amount of audit data (in megabytes) which should be retained in each log file. Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Add or modify the following line, substituting the correct value for [STOREMB]: max_log_file = [STOREMB] Set the value to "6" (MB) or higher for general-purpose systems. Larger values, of course, support retention of even more audit data.

b
The audit system must provide a warning when allocated audit record storage volume reaches a documented percentage of maximum audit record storage capacity.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000143 - V-51051 - SV-65257r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000143
Version
OL6-00-000311
Vuln IDs
  • V-51051
Rule IDs
  • SV-65257r2_rule
Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption.
Checks: C-53487r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine whether the system is configured to email the administrator when disk space is starting to run low: # grep space_left /etc/audit/auditd.conf space_left = [num_megabytes] If the "num_megabytes" value does not correspond to a documented value for remaining audit partition capacity or if there is no locally documented value for remaining audit partition capacity, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55857r2_fix

The "auditd" service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Modify the following line, substituting [num_megabytes] appropriately: space_left = [num_megabytes] The "num_megabytes" value should be set to a fraction of the total audit storage capacity available that will allow a system administrator to be notified with enough time to respond to the situation causing the capacity issues. This value must also be documented locally.

b
The system must rotate audit log files that reach the maximum file size.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-51053 - SV-65259r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000161
Vuln IDs
  • V-51053
Rule IDs
  • SV-65259r2_rule
Automatically rotating logs (by setting this to "rotate") minimizes the chances of the system unexpectedly running out of disk space by being overwhelmed with log data. However, for systems that must never discard log data, or which use external processes to transfer it and reclaim space, "keep_logs" can be employed.
Checks: C-53489r2_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to rotate logs when they reach their maximum size: # grep max_log_file_action /etc/audit/auditd.conf max_log_file_action = rotate If the "keep_logs" option is configured for the "max_log_file_action" line in "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and an alternate process is in place to ensure audit data does not overwhelm local audit storage, this is not a finding. If the system has not been properly set up to rotate audit logs, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55859r1_fix

The default action to take when the logs reach their maximum size is to rotate the log files, discarding the oldest one. To configure the action taken by "auditd", add or correct the line in "/etc/audit/auditd.conf": max_log_file_action = [ACTION] Possible values for [ACTION] are described in the "auditd.conf" man page. These include: "ignore" "syslog" "suspend" "rotate" "keep_logs" Set the "[ACTION]" to "rotate" to ensure log rotation occurs. This is the default. The setting is case-insensitive.

b
The audit system must identify staff members to receive notifications of audit log storage volume capacity issues.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000139 - V-51057 - SV-65263r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000139
Version
OL6-00-000313
Vuln IDs
  • V-51057
Rule IDs
  • SV-65263r1_rule
Email sent to the root account is typically aliased to the administrators of the system, who can take appropriate action.
Checks: C-53491r1_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to send email to an account when it needs to notify an administrator: action_mail_acct = root If auditd is not configured to send emails per identified actions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55863r1_fix

The "auditd" service can be configured to send email to a designated account in certain situations. Add or correct the following line in "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" to ensure that administrators are notified via email for those situations: action_mail_acct = root

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all attempts to alter system time through adjtimex.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-51061 - SV-65267r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000165
Vuln IDs
  • V-51061
Rule IDs
  • SV-65267r3_rule
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.
Checks: C-53493r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "adjtimex" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "adjtimex" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -k audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "adjtimex" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55865r3_fix

On a 32-bit system, add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -k audit_time_rules

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all attempts to alter system time through settimeofday.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-51063 - SV-65269r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000167
Vuln IDs
  • V-51063
Rule IDs
  • SV-65269r3_rule
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.
Checks: C-53495r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "settimeofday" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "settimeofday" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "settimeofday" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55869r4_fix

On a 32-bit system, add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all attempts to alter system time through stime.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-51067 - SV-65273r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000169
Vuln IDs
  • V-51067
Rule IDs
  • SV-65273r3_rule
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.
Checks: C-53497r3_chk

If the system is 64-bit only, this is not applicable. To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "stime" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "stime" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -k audit_time_rules If the system is not configured to audit the "stime" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55873r2_fix

On a 32-bit system, add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -k audit_time_rules Note: On a 64-bit system, it is not necessary to define a rule for "stime".

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all attempts to alter system time through clock_settime.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-51069 - SV-65275r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000171
Vuln IDs
  • V-51069
Rule IDs
  • SV-65275r3_rule
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.
Checks: C-53499r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "clock_settime" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "clock_settime" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -k audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "clock_settime" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55875r5_fix

On a 32-bit system, add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -k audit_time_rules If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: # audit_time_rules -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -k audit_time_rules

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all attempts to alter system time through /etc/localtime.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000169 - V-51071 - SV-65277r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
OL6-00-000173
Vuln IDs
  • V-51071
Rule IDs
  • SV-65277r2_rule
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.
Checks: C-53501r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit attempts to alter time via the /etc/localtime file, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "/etc/localtime" /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to audit this activity, it will return a line. If the system is not configured to audit time changes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55877r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport and should always be used.

a
The operating system must automatically audit account creation.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000018 - V-51073 - SV-65279r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000018
Version
OL6-00-000174
Vuln IDs
  • V-51073
Rule IDs
  • SV-65279r2_rule
In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy.
Checks: C-53503r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit account changes, run the following command: $ sudo egrep -w '(/etc/passwd|/etc/shadow|/etc/group|/etc/gshadow|/etc/security/opasswd)' /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for account changes, lines should be returned for each file specified (and with "-p wa" for each). If the system is not configured to audit account changes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55879r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules", in order to capture events that modify account changes: # audit_account_changes -w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_account_changes

a
The operating system must automatically audit account modification.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001403 - V-51077 - SV-65283r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001403
Version
OL6-00-000175
Vuln IDs
  • V-51077
Rule IDs
  • SV-65283r2_rule
In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy.
Checks: C-53505r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit account changes, run the following command: $sudo egrep -w '(/etc/passwd|/etc/shadow|/etc/group|/etc/gshadow|/etc/security/opasswd)' /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for account changes, lines should be returned for each file specified (and with "-p wa" for each). If the system is not configured to audit account changes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55883r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules", in order to capture events that modify account changes: # audit_account_changes -w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_account_changes

a
The operating system must automatically audit account disabling actions.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001404 - V-51083 - SV-65291r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001404
Version
OL6-00-000176
Vuln IDs
  • V-51083
Rule IDs
  • SV-65291r2_rule
In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy.
Checks: C-53509r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit account changes, run the following command: $sudo egrep -w '(/etc/passwd|/etc/shadow|/etc/group|/etc/gshadow|/etc/security/opasswd)' /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for account changes, lines should be returned for each file specified (and with "-p wa" for each). If the system is not configured to audit account changes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55891r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules", in order to capture events that modify account changes: # audit_account_changes -w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_account_changes

a
The operating system must automatically audit account termination.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001405 - V-51087 - SV-65295r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001405
Version
OL6-00-000177
Vuln IDs
  • V-51087
Rule IDs
  • SV-65295r2_rule
In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy.
Checks: C-53511r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit account changes, run the following command: $sudo egrep -w '(/etc/passwd|/etc/shadow|/etc/group|/etc/gshadow|/etc/security/opasswd)' /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for account changes, lines should be returned for each file specified (and with "-p wa" for each). If the system is not configured to audit account changes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55897r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules", in order to capture events that modify account changes: # audit_account_changes -w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_account_changes -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_account_changes

a
The audit system must be configured to audit modifications to the systems network configuration.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51093 - SV-65301r6_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000182
Vuln IDs
  • V-51093
Rule IDs
  • SV-65301r6_rule
The network environment should not be modified by anything other than administrator action. Any change to network parameters should be audited.
Checks: C-53513r4_chk

If you are running x86_64 architecture, determine the values for sethostname: $ uname -m; ausyscall i386 sethostname; ausyscall x86_64 sethostname If the values returned are not identical verify that the system is configured to monitor network configuration changes for the i386 and x86_64 architectures: $ sudo egrep -w '(sethostname|setdomainname|/etc/issue|/etc/issue.net|/etc/hosts|/etc/sysconfig/network)' /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname -S setdomainname -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname -S setdomainname -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_network_modifications If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit changes of the network configuration, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55903r5_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": # audit_network_modifications -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname -S setdomainname -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_network_modifications -w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_network_modifications If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: # audit_network_modifications -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname -S setdomainname -k audit_network_modifications

b
The Bluetooth kernel module must be disabled.
AC-19 - Medium - CCI-000085 - V-51111 - SV-65321r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-19
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000085
Version
OL6-00-000315
Vuln IDs
  • V-51111
Rule IDs
  • SV-65321r3_rule
If Bluetooth functionality must be disabled, preventing the kernel from loading the kernel module provides an additional safeguard against its activation.
Checks: C-53517r4_chk

If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "bluetooth" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r bluetooth /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding. If the system is configured to prevent the loading of the "net-pf-31" kernel module, it will contain lines inside any file in "/etc/modprobe.d" or the deprecated"/etc/modprobe.conf". These lines instruct the module loading system to run another program (such as "/bin/true") upon a module "install" event. Run the following command to search for such lines in all files in "/etc/modprobe.d" and the deprecated "/etc/modprobe.conf": $ grep -r net-pf-31 /etc/modprobe.conf /etc/modprobe.d | grep -i “/bin/true” If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55921r2_fix

The kernel's module loading system can be configured to prevent loading of the Bluetooth module. Add the following to the appropriate "/etc/modprobe.d" configuration file to prevent the loading of the Bluetooth module: install net-pf-31 /bin/true install bluetooth /bin/true

a
The system must limit users to 10 simultaneous system logins, or a site-defined number, in accordance with operational requirements.
AC-10 - Low - CCI-000054 - V-51115 - SV-65325r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
OL6-00-000319
Vuln IDs
  • V-51115
Rule IDs
  • SV-65325r2_rule
Limiting simultaneous user logins can insulate the system from denial of service problems caused by excessive logins. Automated login processes operating improperly or maliciously may result in an exceptional number of simultaneous login sessions.
Checks: C-53519r2_chk

Run the following command to ensure the "maxlogins" value is configured for all users on the system: $ grep "maxlogins" /etc/security/limits.conf /etc/security/limits.d/*.conf You should receive output similar to the following: * hard maxlogins 10 If it is not similar, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55925r2_fix

Limiting the number of allowed users and sessions per user can limit risks related to denial of service attacks. This addresses concurrent sessions for a single account and does not address concurrent sessions by a single user via multiple accounts. To set the number of concurrent sessions per user add the following line in "/etc/security/limits.conf": * hard maxlogins 10 A documented site-defined number may be substituted for 10 in the above.

b
The systems local firewall must implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy for forwarded packets.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001109 - V-51117 - SV-65327r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001109
Version
OL6-00-000320
Vuln IDs
  • V-51117
Rule IDs
  • SV-65327r1_rule
In "iptables" the default policy is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default policy to "DROP" implements proper design for a firewall, i.e., any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.
Checks: C-53521r2_chk

Run the following command to ensure the default "FORWARD" policy is "DROP": grep ":FORWARD" /etc/sysconfig/iptables The output must be the following: # grep ":FORWARD" /etc/sysconfig/iptables :FORWARD DROP [0:0] If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55927r1_fix

To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in FORWARD chain which processes packets that will be forwarded from one interface to another, add or correct the following line in "/etc/sysconfig/iptables": :FORWARD DROP [0:0]

a
The system must provide VPN connectivity for communications over untrusted networks.
SC-8 - Low - CCI-002418 - V-51121 - SV-65331r3_rule
RMF Control
SC-8
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-002418
Version
OL6-00-000321
Vuln IDs
  • V-51121
Rule IDs
  • SV-65331r3_rule
Providing the ability for remote users or systems to initiate a secure VPN connection protects information when it is transmitted over a wide area network.
Checks: C-53523r3_chk

If the system does not communicate over untrusted networks, this is not applicable. Run the following command to determine if the "libreswan" package is installed: # rpm -q libreswan If the package is not installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55929r2_fix

The Libreswan package provides an implementation of IPsec and IKE, which permits the creation of secure tunnels over untrusted networks. The "libreswan" package can be installed with the following command: # yum install libreswan

b
A login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, graphical desktop environment login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000050 - V-51123 - SV-65333r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000050
Version
OL6-00-000324
Vuln IDs
  • V-51123
Rule IDs
  • SV-65333r2_rule
An appropriate warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers.
Checks: C-53525r2_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To ensure a login warning banner is enabled, run the following: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_enable Search for the "banner_message_enable" schema. If properly configured, the "default" value should be "true". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55931r2_fix

To enable displaying a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen, run the following command: # gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type bool \ --set /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_enable true To display a banner, this setting must be enabled and then banner text must also be set.

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, graphical desktop environment login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-001384 - V-51125 - SV-65335r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001384
Version
OL6-00-000326
Vuln IDs
  • V-51125
Rule IDs
  • SV-65335r3_rule
An appropriate warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers.
Checks: C-53527r5_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To ensure login warning banner text is properly set, run the following: $ gconftool-2 --direct --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory --get /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_text If properly configured, the proper banner text will appear within this schema. The DoD required text is either: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR: "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't." If the DoD required banner text does not appear in the schema, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55933r4_fix

To set the text shown by the GNOME Display Manager in the login screen, run the following command: # gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type string \ --set /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_text \ "[DoD required text]" Where the DoD required text is either: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR: "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't." When entering a warning banner that spans several lines, remember to begin and end the string with """. This command writes directly to the file "/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory/apps/gdm/simple-greeter/%gconf.xml", and this file can later be edited directly if necessary.

b
The Bluetooth service must be disabled.
AC-19 - Medium - CCI-000085 - V-51127 - SV-65337r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-19
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000085
Version
OL6-00-000331
Vuln IDs
  • V-51127
Rule IDs
  • SV-65337r2_rule
Disabling the "bluetooth" service prevents the system from attempting connections to Bluetooth devices, which entails some security risk. Nevertheless, variation in this risk decision may be expected due to the utility of Bluetooth connectivity and its limited range.
Checks: C-53529r2_chk

To check that the "bluetooth" service is disabled in system boot configuration, run the following command: # chkconfig "bluetooth" --list Output should indicate the "bluetooth" service has either not been installed or has been disabled at all runlevels, as shown in the example below: # chkconfig "bluetooth" --list "bluetooth" 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off If the service is configured to run, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55935r1_fix

The "bluetooth" service can be disabled with the following command: # chkconfig bluetooth off # service bluetooth stop

a
Accounts must be locked upon 35 days of inactivity.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000017 - V-51129 - SV-65339r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000017
Version
OL6-00-000334
Vuln IDs
  • V-51129
Rule IDs
  • SV-65339r1_rule
Disabling inactive accounts ensures that accounts which may not have been responsibly removed are not available to attackers who may have compromised their credentials.
Checks: C-53531r1_chk

To verify the "INACTIVE" setting, run the following command: grep "INACTIVE" /etc/default/useradd The output should indicate the "INACTIVE" configuration option is set to an appropriate integer as shown in the example below: # grep "INACTIVE" /etc/default/useradd INACTIVE=35 If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55937r1_fix

To specify the number of days after a password expires (which signifies inactivity) until an account is permanently disabled, add or correct the following lines in "/etc/default/useradd", substituting "[NUM_DAYS]" appropriately: INACTIVE=[NUM_DAYS] A value of 35 is recommended. If a password is currently on the verge of expiration, then 35 days remain until the account is automatically disabled. However, if the password will not expire for another 60 days, then 95 days could elapse until the account would be automatically disabled. See the "useradd" man page for more information. Determining the inactivity timeout must be done with careful consideration of the length of a "normal" period of inactivity for users in the particular environment. Setting the timeout too low incurs support costs and also has the potential to impact availability of the system to legitimate users.

a
The operating system must manage information system identifiers for users and devices by disabling the user identifier after an organization defined time period of inactivity.
IA-4 - Low - CCI-000795 - V-51131 - SV-65341r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-4
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000795
Version
OL6-00-000335
Vuln IDs
  • V-51131
Rule IDs
  • SV-65341r1_rule
Disabling inactive accounts ensures that accounts which may not have been responsibly removed are not available to attackers who may have compromised their credentials.
Checks: C-53533r1_chk

To verify the "INACTIVE" setting, run the following command: grep "INACTIVE" /etc/default/useradd The output should indicate the "INACTIVE" configuration option is set to an appropriate integer as shown in the example below: # grep "INACTIVE" /etc/default/useradd INACTIVE=35 If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55939r1_fix

To specify the number of days after a password expires (which signifies inactivity) until an account is permanently disabled, add or correct the following lines in "/etc/default/useradd", substituting "[NUM_DAYS]" appropriately: INACTIVE=[NUM_DAYS] A value of 35 is recommended. If a password is currently on the verge of expiration, then 35 days remain until the account is automatically disabled. However, if the password will not expire for another 60 days, then 95 days could elapse until the account would be automatically disabled. See the "useradd" man page for more information. Determining the inactivity timeout must be done with careful consideration of the length of a "normal" period of inactivity for users in the particular environment. Setting the timeout too low incurs support costs and also has the potential to impact availability of the system to legitimate users.

a
The sticky bit must be set on all public directories.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51133 - SV-65343r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000336
Vuln IDs
  • V-51133
Rule IDs
  • SV-65343r1_rule
Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files in the directory structure. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system, or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system, and by users for temporary file storage - such as /tmp - and for directories requiring global read/write access.
Checks: C-53535r1_chk

To find world-writable directories that lack the sticky bit, run the following command for each local partition [PART]: # find [PART] -xdev -type d -perm -002 ! -perm -1000 If any world-writable directories are missing the sticky bit, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55941r1_fix

When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's documentation instead of blindly changing modes. To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory [DIR], run the following command: # chmod +t [DIR]

a
The audit system must be configured to audit changes to the /etc/sudoers file.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51135 - SV-65345r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000201
Vuln IDs
  • V-51135
Rule IDs
  • SV-65345r2_rule
The actions taken by system administrators should be audited to keep a record of what was executed on the system, as well as, for accountability purposes.
Checks: C-53537r2_chk

To verify that auditing is configured for system administrator actions, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "/etc/sudoers" /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for changes to its sudoers configuration, a line should be returned (including "-p wa" indicating permissions that are watched). If there is no output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55943r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions

a
The audit system must be configured to audit user deletions of files and programs.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51137 - SV-65347r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000200
Vuln IDs
  • V-51137
Rule IDs
  • SV-65347r3_rule
Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as detecting malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence.
Checks: C-53539r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit user deletions of files and programs, run the following command: $ sudo egrep -w 'rmdir|unlink|unlinkat|rename|renameat' /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid=0 -k delete -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid=0 -k delete If the system is 64-bit and does not return rules for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "rmdir", this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "unlink", this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "unlinkat", this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "rename", this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit "renameat", this is a finding. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55945r3_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid=0 -k delete If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid=0 -k delete

a
The audit system must be configured to audit successful file system mounts.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51139 - SV-65349r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000199
Vuln IDs
  • V-51139
Rule IDs
  • SV-65349r3_rule
The unauthorized exportation of data to external media could result in an information leak where classified information, Privacy Act information, and intellectual property could be lost. An audit trail should be created each time a filesystem is mounted to help identify and guard against information loss.
Checks: C-53543r3_chk

To verify that auditing is configured for all media exportation events, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "mount" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k export -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid=0 -k export -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k export -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid=0 -k export If the system is 64-bit and does not return rules for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55947r2_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect media exportation events for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules: -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k export -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid=0 -k export If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k export -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid=0 -k export

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all use of setuid and setgid programs.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000040 - V-51141 - SV-65351r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000040
Version
OL6-00-000198
Vuln IDs
  • V-51141
Rule IDs
  • SV-65351r2_rule
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity.
Checks: C-53545r2_chk

To verify that auditing of privileged command use is configured, run the following command once for each local partition [PART] to find relevant setuid / setgid programs: $ sudo find [PART] -xdev -type f -perm /6000 2&gt;/dev/null Run the following command to verify entries in the audit rules for all programs found with the previous command: $ sudo grep path /etc/audit/audit.rules It should be the case that all relevant setuid / setgid programs have a line in the audit rules. If that is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55949r2_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. To find the relevant setuid / setgid programs, run the following command for each local partition [PART]: $ sudo find [PART] -xdev -type f -perm /6000 2>/dev/null Then, for each setuid / setgid program on the system, add a line of the following form to "/etc/audit/audit.rules", where [SETUID_PROG_PATH] is the full path to each setuid / setgid program in the list: -a always,exit -F path=[SETUID_PROG_PATH] -F perm=x -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k privileged

a
The audit system must be configured to audit failed attempts to access files and programs.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51143 - SV-65353r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000197
Vuln IDs
  • V-51143
Rule IDs
  • SV-65353r2_rule
Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise.
Checks: C-53547r2_chk

To verify that the audit system collects unauthorized file accesses, run the following commands: # grep EACCES /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid=0 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid=0 -k access # grep EPERM /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid=0 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid=0 -k access If the system is 64-bit and does not return rules for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If either command lacks output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55951r2_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid=0 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid=0 -k access If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid=0 -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -S open -S openat -S truncate \ -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid=0 -k access

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using setxattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51145 - SV-65355r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000196
Vuln IDs
  • V-51145
Rule IDs
  • SV-65355r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53549r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "setxattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "setxattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "setxattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55953r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using removexattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51147 - SV-65357r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000195
Vuln IDs
  • V-51147
Rule IDs
  • SV-65357r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53551r4_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "removexattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "removexattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "removexattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55955r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using lsetxattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51149 - SV-65359r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000194
Vuln IDs
  • V-51149
Rule IDs
  • SV-65359r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53553r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "lsetxattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "lsetxattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "lsetxattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55957r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using lremovexattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51151 - SV-65361r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000193
Vuln IDs
  • V-51151
Rule IDs
  • SV-65361r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53555r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "lremovexattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "lremovexattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "lremovexattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55959r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using lchown.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51153 - SV-65363r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000192
Vuln IDs
  • V-51153
Rule IDs
  • SV-65363r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53557r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "lchown" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "lchown" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "lchown" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55961r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fsetxattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51155 - SV-65365r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000191
Vuln IDs
  • V-51155
Rule IDs
  • SV-65365r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53559r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fsetxattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fsetxattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fsetxattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55963r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fremovexattr.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51157 - SV-65367r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000190
Vuln IDs
  • V-51157
Rule IDs
  • SV-65367r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53561r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fremovexattr" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fremovexattr" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fremovexattr" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55965r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fchownat.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51159 - SV-65369r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000189
Vuln IDs
  • V-51159
Rule IDs
  • SV-65369r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53563r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fchownat" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fchownat" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fchownat" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55967r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fchown.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51161 - SV-65371r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000188
Vuln IDs
  • V-51161
Rule IDs
  • SV-65371r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53565r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fchown" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fchown" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fchown" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55969r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fchmodat.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51163 - SV-65373r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000187
Vuln IDs
  • V-51163
Rule IDs
  • SV-65373r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53567r4_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fchmodat" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fchmodat" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fchmodat" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55971r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using fchmod.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51165 - SV-65375r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000186
Vuln IDs
  • V-51165
Rule IDs
  • SV-65375r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53569r4_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "fchmod" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "fchmod" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "fchmod" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55973r1_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using chown.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51167 - SV-65377r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000185
Vuln IDs
  • V-51167
Rule IDs
  • SV-65377r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53571r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "chown" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "chown" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "chown" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55975r2_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications using chmod.
AU-12 - Low - CCI-000172 - V-51169 - SV-65379r3_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000172
Version
OL6-00-000184
Vuln IDs
  • V-51169
Rule IDs
  • SV-65379r3_rule
The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and unauthorized users.
Checks: C-53573r3_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit calls to the "chmod" system call, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "chmod" /etc/audit/audit.rules -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid&gt;=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit and does not return a rule for both "b32" and "b64" architectures, this is a finding. If the system is not configured to audit the "chmod" system call, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55977r2_fix

At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod If the system is 64-bit, then also add the following: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 \ -k perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid=0 -k perm_mod

a
The audit system must be configured to audit modifications to the systems Mandatory Access Control (MAC) configuration (SELinux).
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51171 - SV-65381r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000183
Vuln IDs
  • V-51171
Rule IDs
  • SV-65381r2_rule
The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to MAC policy should be audited.
Checks: C-53575r2_chk

To determine if the system is configured to audit changes to its SELinux configuration files, run the following command: $ sudo grep -w "/etc/selinux" /etc/audit/audit.rules If the system is configured to watch for changes to its SELinux configuration, a line should be returned (including "-p wa" indicating permissions that are watched). If the system is not configured to audit attempts to change the MAC policy, this is a finding.

Fix: F-55979r1_fix

Add the following to "/etc/audit/audit.rules": -w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy

a
All public directories must be owned by a system account.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-51423 - SV-65633r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000337
Vuln IDs
  • V-51423
Rule IDs
  • SV-65633r1_rule
Allowing a user account to own a world-writable directory is undesirable because it allows the owner of that directory to remove or replace any files that may be placed in the directory by other users.
Checks: C-53759r1_chk

The following command will discover and print world-writable directories that are not owned by a system account, given the assumption that only system accounts have a uid lower than 500. Run it once for each local partition [PART]: # find [PART] -xdev -type d -perm -0002 -uid +500 -print If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-56221r1_fix

All directories in local partitions which are world-writable should be owned by root or another system account. If any world-writable directories are not owned by a system account, this should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate group.

b
The system must use a Linux Security Module at boot time.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59347 - SV-73777r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000017
Vuln IDs
  • V-59347
Rule IDs
  • SV-73777r2_rule
Disabling a major host protection feature, such as SELinux, at boot time prevents it from confining system services at boot time. Further, it increases the chances that it will remain off during system operation.
Checks: C-60123r2_chk

Inspect "/boot/grub/grub.conf" for any instances of "selinux=0" in the kernel boot arguments. Presence of "selinux=0" indicates that SELinux is disabled at boot time. If SELinux is disabled at boot time, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64743r2_fix

SELinux can be disabled at boot time by an argument in "/boot/grub/grub.conf". Remove any instances of "selinux=0" from the kernel arguments in that file to prevent SELinux from being disabled at boot.

b
A file integrity baseline must be created.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59353 - SV-73783r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000018
Vuln IDs
  • V-59353
Rule IDs
  • SV-73783r1_rule
For AIDE to be effective, an initial database of "known-good" information about files must be captured and it should be able to be verified against the installed files.
Checks: C-60133r1_chk

To find the location of the AIDE database file, run the following command: # grep DBDIR /etc/aide.conf Using the defined values of the [DBDIR] and [database] variables, verify the existence of the AIDE database file: # ls -l [DBDIR]/[database_file_name] If there is no database file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64753r1_fix

Run the following command to generate a new database: # /usr/sbin/aide --init By default, the database will be written to the file "/var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz". Storing the database, the configuration file "/etc/aide.conf", and the binary "/usr/sbin/aide" (or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity. The newly-generated database can be installed as follows: # cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz To initiate a manual check, run the following command: # /usr/sbin/aide --check If this check produces any unexpected output, investigate.

b
The system must use a Linux Security Module configured to enforce limits on system services.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59367 - SV-73797r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000020
Vuln IDs
  • V-59367
Rule IDs
  • SV-73797r1_rule
Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their privileges.
Checks: C-60143r1_chk

Check the file "/etc/selinux/config" and ensure the following line appears: SELINUX=enforcing If SELINUX is not set to enforcing, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64763r1_fix

The SELinux state should be set to "enforcing" at system boot time. In the file "/etc/selinux/config", add or correct the following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode: SELINUX=enforcing

a
The system must use a Linux Security Module configured to limit the privileges of system services.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-59369 - SV-73799r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000023
Vuln IDs
  • V-59369
Rule IDs
  • SV-73799r1_rule
Setting the SELinux policy to "targeted" or a more specialized policy ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.
Checks: C-60145r1_chk

Check the file "/etc/selinux/config" and ensure the following line appears: SELINUXTYPE=targeted If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64765r1_fix

The SELinux "targeted" policy is appropriate for general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles. To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line in "/etc/selinux/config": SELINUXTYPE=targeted Other policies, such as "mls", provide additional security labeling and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose use cases.

a
All device files must be monitored by the system Linux Security Module.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-59371 - SV-73801r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000025
Vuln IDs
  • V-59371
Rule IDs
  • SV-73801r1_rule
If a device file carries the SELinux type "unlabeled_t", then SELinux cannot properly restrict access to the device file.
Checks: C-60147r1_chk

To check for unlabeled device files, run the following command: # ls -RZ /dev | grep unlabeled_t It should produce no output in a well-configured system. If there is output, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64767r1_fix

Device files, which are used for communication with important system resources, should be labeled with proper SELinux types. If any device files carry the SELinux type "unlabeled_t", investigate the cause and correct the file's context.

b
The audit system must switch the system to single-user mode when available audit storage volume becomes dangerously low.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59373 - SV-73803r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000163
Vuln IDs
  • V-59373
Rule IDs
  • SV-73803r3_rule
Administrators should be made aware of an inability to record audit records. If a separate partition or logical volume of adequate size is used, running low on space for audit records should never occur.
Checks: C-60149r3_chk

Inspect "/etc/audit/auditd.conf" and locate the following line to determine if the system is configured to either suspend, switch to single-user mode, or halt when disk space has run low: admin_space_left_action = single If the system is not configured to switch to single-user mode, suspend, or halt for corrective action, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64769r1_fix

The "auditd" service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file "/etc/audit/auditd.conf". Add or modify the following line, substituting [ACTION] appropriately: admin_space_left_action = [ACTION] Set this value to "single" to cause the system to switch to single-user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include "suspend" and "halt". For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for [ACTION] are described in the "auditd.conf" man page.

b
The operating system, upon successful logon/access, must display to the user the number of unsuccessful logon/access attempts since the last successful logon/access.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59375 - SV-73805r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000372
Vuln IDs
  • V-59375
Rule IDs
  • SV-73805r1_rule
Users need to be aware of activity that occurs regarding their account. Providing users with information regarding the number of unsuccessful attempts that were made to login to their account allows the user to determine if any unauthorized activity has occurred and gives them an opportunity to notify administrators.
Checks: C-60151r1_chk

To ensure that last logon/access notification is configured correctly, run the following command: # grep pam_lastlog.so /etc/pam.d/system-auth The output should show output "showfailed". If that is not the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64771r1_fix

To configure the system to notify users of last logon/access using "pam_lastlog", add the following line immediately after "session required pam_limits.so": session required pam_lastlog.so showfailed

b
The login user list must be disabled.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59377 - SV-73807r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000527
Vuln IDs
  • V-59377
Rule IDs
  • SV-73807r1_rule
Leaving the user list enabled is a security risk since it allows anyone with physical access to the system to quickly enumerate known user accounts without logging in.
Checks: C-60153r1_chk

If the GConf2 package is not installed, this is not applicable. To ensure the user list is disabled, run the following command: $ gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --get /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/disable_user_list The output should be "true". If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64773r1_fix

In the default graphical environment, users logging directly into the system are greeted with a login screen that displays all known users. This functionality should be disabled. Run the following command to disable the user list: $ sudo gconftool-2 --direct \ --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \ --type bool --set /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/disable_user_list true

b
The noexec option must be added to the /tmp partition.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-59379 - SV-73809r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000528
Vuln IDs
  • V-59379
Rule IDs
  • SV-73809r1_rule
Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as "/tmp" should never be necessary in normal operation and can expose the system to potential compromise.
Checks: C-60155r1_chk

To verify that binaries cannot be directly executed from the /tmp directory, run the following command: $ grep '\s/tmp' /etc/fstab The resulting output will show whether the /tmp partition has the "noexec" flag set. If the /tmp partition does not have the noexec flag set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-64775r1_fix

The "noexec" mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of "/tmp". Add the "noexec" option to the fourth column of "/etc/fstab" for the line which controls mounting of "/tmp".

b
The sudo command must require authentication.
IA-11 - Medium - CCI-002038 - V-60819 - SV-75275r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-11
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-002038
Version
OL6-00-000529
Vuln IDs
  • V-60819
Rule IDs
  • SV-75275r1_rule
The "sudo" command allows authorized users to run programs (including shells) as other users, system users, and root. The "/etc/sudoers" file is used to configure authorized "sudo" users as well as the programs they are allowed to run. Some configuration options in the "/etc/sudoers" file allow configured users to run programs without re-authenticating. Use of these configuration options makes it easier for one compromised account to be used to compromise other accounts.
Checks: C-61765r1_chk

Verify neither the "NOPASSWD" option nor the "!authenticate" option is configured for use in "/etc/sudoers" and associated files. Note that the "#include" and "#includedir" directives may be used to include configuration data from locations other than the defaults enumerated here. # egrep '^[^#]*NOPASSWD' /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers.d/* # egrep '^[^#]*!authenticate' /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers.d/* If the "NOPASSWD" or "!authenticate" options are configured for use in "/etc/sudoers" or associated files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-66529r1_fix

Update the "/etc/sudoers" or other sudo configuration files to remove or comment out lines utilizing the "NOPASSWD" and "!authenticate" options. # visudo # visudo -f [other sudo configuration file]

b
Wireless network adapters must be disabled.
AC-18 - Medium - CCI-001443 - V-72823 - SV-87469r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-18
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001443
Version
OL6-00-000293
Vuln IDs
  • V-72823
Rule IDs
  • SV-87469r1_rule
The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into the organization’s network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point (AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of service to valid network resources.
Checks: C-72943r1_chk

This is N/A for systems that do not have wireless network adapters. Verify that there are no wireless interfaces configured on the system: # ifconfig -a eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr b8:ac:6f:65:31:e5 inet addr:192.168.2.100 Bcast:192.168.2.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 inet6 addr: fe80::baac:6fff:fe65:31e5/64 Scope:Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:2697529 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:2630541 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 RX bytes:2159382827 (2.0 GiB) TX bytes:1389552776 (1.2 GiB) Interrupt:17 lo Link encap:Local Loopback inet addr:127.0.0.1 Mask:255.0.0.0 inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1 RX packets:2849 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:2849 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 RX bytes:2778290 (2.6 MiB) TX bytes:2778290 (2.6 MiB) If a wireless interface is configured, it must be documented and approved by the local Authorizing Official. If a wireless interface is configured and has not been documented and approved, this is a finding.

Fix: F-79249r1_fix

Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces.

b
The Oracle Linux 6 operating system must use a virus scan program.
SI-3 - Medium - CCI-001668 - V-81453 - SV-96167r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-3
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001668
Version
OL6-00-000533
Vuln IDs
  • V-81453
Rule IDs
  • SV-96167r1_rule
Virus scanning software can be used to protect a system from penetration from computer viruses and to limit their spread through intermediate systems. The virus scanning software should be configured to perform scans dynamically on accessed files. If this capability is not available, the system must be configured to scan, at a minimum, all altered files on the system on a daily basis. If the system processes inbound SMTP mail, the virus scanner must be configured to scan all received mail.
Checks: C-81193r2_chk

Verify an antivirus solution is installed on the system. The anti-virus solution may be bundled with an approved host-based security solution. If there is no antivirus solution installed on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-88275r1_fix

Install an antivirus solution on the system.

a
The Oracle Linux operating system must mount /dev/shm with the nodev option.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-001764 - V-81457 - SV-96171r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001764
Version
OL6-00-000530
Vuln IDs
  • V-81457
Rule IDs
  • SV-96171r1_rule
The "nodev" mount option causes the system to not interpret character or block special devices. Executing character or block special devices from untrusted file systems increases the opportunity for unprivileged users to attain unauthorized administrative access.
Checks: C-81199r1_chk

Verify that the "nodev" option is configured for /dev/shm. Check that the operating system is configured to use the "nodev" option for /dev/shm with the following command: # cat /etc/fstab | grep /dev/shm | grep nodev tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults,nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0 If the "nodev" option is not present on the line for "/dev/shm", this is a finding. Verify "/dev/shm" is mounted with the "nodev" option: # mount | grep "/dev/shm" | grep nodev If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-88277r1_fix

Configure the "/etc/fstab" to use the "nodev" option for all lines containing "/dev/shm".

a
The Oracle Linux operating system must mount /dev/shm with the nosuid option.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-001764 - V-81459 - SV-96173r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001764
Version
OL6-00-000531
Vuln IDs
  • V-81459
Rule IDs
  • SV-96173r1_rule
The "nosuid" mount option causes the system to not execute "setuid" and "setgid" files with owner privileges. This option must be used for mounting any file system not containing approved "setuid" and "setguid" files. Executing files from untrusted file systems increases the opportunity for unprivileged users to attain unauthorized administrative access.
Checks: C-81205r1_chk

Verify that the "nosuid" option is configured for /dev/shm. Check that the operating system is configured to use the "nosuid" option for /dev/shm with the following command: # cat /etc/fstab | grep /dev/shm | grep nosuid tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults,nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0 If the "nosuid" option is not present on the line for "/dev/shm", this is a finding. Verify "/dev/shm" is mounted with the "nosuid" option: # mount | grep "/dev/shm" | grep nosuid If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-88281r1_fix

Configure the "/etc/fstab" to use the "nosuid" option for all lines containing "/dev/shm".

a
The Oracle Linux operating system must mount /dev/shm with the noexec option.
CM-7 - Low - CCI-001764 - V-81461 - SV-96175r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
L
CCI
CCI-001764
Version
OL6-00-000532
Vuln IDs
  • V-81461
Rule IDs
  • SV-96175r1_rule
The "noexec" mount option causes the system to not execute binary files. This option must be used for mounting any file system not containing approved binary files as they may be incompatible. Executing files from untrusted file systems increases the opportunity for unprivileged users to attain unauthorized administrative access.
Checks: C-81207r1_chk

Verify that the "noexec" option is configured for /dev/shm. Check that the operating system is configured to use the "noexec" option for /dev/shm with the following command: # cat /etc/fstab | grep /dev/shm | grep noexec tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults,nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0 If the "noexec" option is not present on the line for "/dev/shm", this is a finding. Verify "/dev/shm" is mounted with the "noexec" option: # mount | grep "/dev/shm" | grep noexec If no results are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-88283r1_fix

Configure the "/etc/fstab" to use the "noexec" option for all lines containing "/dev/shm".

b
System and application account passwords must be changed at least annually.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000199 - V-92247 - SV-102349r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-000199
Version
OL6-00-000055
Vuln IDs
  • V-92247
Rule IDs
  • SV-102349r1_rule
Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. Therefore, system and application account passwords need to be changed periodically. If an organization fails to change the system and application account passwords at least annually, there is the risk that the account passwords could be compromised.
Checks: C-91413r1_chk

Obtain a list of approved system and application accounts from the ISSO. For each system and application account identified, run the following command: # chage -l &lt;application_account&gt; Last password change : Nov 05, 2018 Password expires : Nov 04, 2019 Password inactive : Dec 10, 2019 Account expires : never Minimum number of days between password change : 1 Maximum number of days between password change : 365 Number of days of warning before password expires : 7 If "Maximum number of days between password change" is greater than "365", this is a finding. If the date of "Last password change" exceeds 365 days, this is a finding. If the date of "Password expires" is greater than 365 days from the date of "Last password change", this is a finding.

Fix: F-98455r1_fix

Set the "Maximum number of days between password change" to "365": # chage -M 365 <application_account> Change the password for the system/application account: #passwd <application_account>

c
The Oracle Linux 6 operating system must implement NIST FIPS-validated cryptography for the following: to provision digital signatures, to generate cryptographic hashes, and to protect data requiring data-at-rest protections in accordance with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, and standards.
AC-17 - High - CCI-000068 - V-97233 - SV-106371r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
OL6-00-000534
Vuln IDs
  • V-97233
Rule IDs
  • SV-106371r1_rule
Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of using encryption to protect data. The operating system must implement cryptographic modules adhering to the higher standards approved by the federal government since this provides assurance they have been tested and validated. Satisfies: SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000185-GPOS-00079, SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176, SRG-OS-000405-GPOS-00184, SRG-OS-000478-GPOS-00223
Checks: C-96071r1_chk

Verify the operating system implements DoD-approved encryption to protect the confidentiality of remote access sessions. Check to see if the "dracut-fips" package is installed with the following command: # yum list installed dracut-fips dracut-fips-004-411.el6.noarch.rpm If a "dracut-fips" package is installed, check to see if the kernel command line is configured to use FIPS mode with the following command: # grep fips /boot/grub/grub.conf kernel /boot/vmlinuz-4.1.12-124.18.5.el6uek.x86_64 ro root=/dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root rd_NO_LUKS KEYBOARDTYPE=pc KEYTABLE=uk LANG=en_US.UTF-8 rd_NO_MD rd_LVM_LV=VolGroup/lv_swap SYSFONT=latarcyrheb-sun16 rd_LVM_LV=VolGroup/lv_root rd_NO_DM rhgb quiet fips=1 boot=/dev/sda1 If the kernel command line is configured to use FIPS mode, check to see if the system is in FIPS mode with the following command: # cat /proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled 1 If a "dracut-fips" package is not installed, the kernel command line does not have a fips entry, or the system has a value of "0" for "fips_enabled" in "/proc/sys/crypto", this is a finding.

Fix: F-102915r1_fix

Configure the operating system to implement DoD-approved encryption by installing the dracut-fips package. To enable strict FIPS compliance, the fips=1 kernel option needs to be added to the kernel command line during system installation so key generation is done with FIPS-approved algorithms and continuous monitoring tests in place. Configure the operating system to implement DoD-approved encryption by following the steps below: The fips=1 kernel option needs to be added to the kernel command line during system installation so that key generation is done with FIPS-approved algorithms and continuous monitoring tests in place. Users should also ensure that the system has plenty of entropy during the installation process by moving the mouse around, or if no mouse is available, ensuring that many keystrokes are typed. The recommended amount of keystrokes is 256 and more. Less than 256 keystrokes may generate a non-unique key. Install the dracut-fips package with the following command: # yum install dracut-fips Existing prelinking, if any, should be undone on all system files using the following command: # prelink -u -a Recreate the "initramfs" file with the following command: Note: This command will overwrite the existing "initramfs" file. # dracut -f Modify the kernel command line of the current kernel in the "grub.conf" file by adding the following option to the "grub.conf" file: fips=1 If /boot or /boot/efi reside on separate partitions, the kernel parameter boot=<partition of /boot or /boot/efi> must be added to the kernel command line. You can identify a partition by running the df /boot or df /boot/efi command: # df /boot Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /dev/sda1 495844 53780 416464 12% /boot To ensure the "boot=" configuration option will work even if device naming changes occur between boots, identify the universally unique identifier (UUID) of the partition with the following command: # blkid /dev/sda1 /dev/sda1: UUID="05c000f1-a213-759e-c7a2-f11b7424c797" TYPE="ext4" For the example above, append the following string to the kernel command line: boot=UUID=05c000f1-a213-759e-c7a2-f11b7424c797 Reboot the system for the changes to take effect.

c
The Oracle Linux operating system must not contain .shosts or shosts.equiv files.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-100007 - SV-109111r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
H
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
OL6-00-000021
Vuln IDs
  • V-100007
Rule IDs
  • SV-109111r1_rule
The .shosts and shosts.equiv files are used to configure host-based authentication for the system via SSH. Host-based authentication is not sufficient for preventing unauthorized access to the system, as it does not require interactive identification and authentication of a connection request, or for the use of two-factor authentication.
Checks: C-98857r1_chk

Verify there are no ".shosts" or "shosts.equiv" files on the system. # find / -name '*.shosts' # find / -name shosts.equiv If any ".shosts" or "shosts.equiv" files are found on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-105691r1_fix

Remove any found ".shosts" or "shosts.equiv" files from the system. # rm /[path]/[to]/[file]/.shosts # rm /[path]/[to]/[file]/shosts.equiv

b
The Oracle Linux operating system must be configured so that the SSH daemon is configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-100009 - SV-109113r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
M
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
OL6-00-000228
Vuln IDs
  • V-100009
Rule IDs
  • SV-109113r1_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash functions. The only SSHv2 hash algorithm meeting this requirement is SHA.
Checks: C-98859r2_chk

Verify the SSH daemon is configured to only use MACs employing FIPS 140-2-approved ciphers. Note: If OL6-00-000534 is a finding, this is automatically a finding as the system cannot implement FIPS 140-2-approved cryptographic algorithms and hashes. Check that the SSH daemon is configured to only use MACs employing FIPS 140-2-approved ciphers with the following command: # grep -i macs /etc/ssh/sshd_config MACs hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-512 If any ciphers other than "hmac-sha2-256" or "hmac-sha2-512" are listed or the returned line is commented out, this is a finding.

Fix: F-105693r2_fix

Edit the "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" file to uncomment or add the line for the "MACs" keyword and set its value to "hmac-sha2-256" and/or "hmac-sha2-512" (this file may be named differently or be in a different location if using a version of SSH that is provided by a third-party vendor): MACs hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-512 The SSH service must be restarted for changes to take effect. # sudo service sshd restart